Quarterlytics / Technology / Semiconductors / Microchip

Microchip

mchp · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker mchp
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Semiconductors
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · Microchip
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C.  20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 

xxxx           Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011 

oooo           Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

For the transition period from __________ to __________ 

Commission File Number: 0-21184 

MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED 
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter) 

Delaware 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of 
Incorporation or Organization) 

86-0629024 
(IRS Employer 
Identification No.) 

2355 W. Chandler Blvd., Chandler, AZ  85224 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices, Including Zip Code) 

(480) 792-7200 
(Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Each Class 
Common Stock, $0.001 Par Value Per Share 
Preferred Share Purchase Rights 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered 
Nasdaq Global Market 
None 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. ý Yes  

  ¨ No 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. ¨ Yes  

  ý No 

Indicate by checkmark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 
90 days:  ýYes 

  ¨No 

Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be 
submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant 
was required to submit and post such files).   ýYes 

  ¨No 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be 
contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of Form 10-K or any amendment to 
this Form 10-K. 

  ¨ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is large accelerated filer, an accelerated filed, or a non-accelerated filer, or smaller reporting company.  See definitions of 
"large accelerated filer" "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act): 

Large accelerated filer 

ý 

Accelerated filer 

¨ 

Non-accelerated filer 
(Do not check if smaller reporting company) 

¨ 

Smaller reporting company 

¨ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). ¨ Yes  

  ý No 

Aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates as of September 30, 2010 based upon the closing price of the common 
stock as reported by the NASDAQ® Global Market on such date was approximately $5,717,290,437. 

Number of shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value, outstanding as of May 20, 2011:  190,479,654. 

Document 

Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 

Part of Form 10-K 

III 

Documents Incorporated by Reference 

 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES 

FORM 10-K 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Item 1. 
Item 1A. 
Item 1B. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4 

Item 5. 
Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Item 7A. 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Item 9A. 
Item 9B. 

Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 
Item 13. 
Item 14. 

Business 
Risk Factors 
Unresolved Staff Comments 
Properties 
Legal Proceedings 
Removed and Reserved 

PART I 

PART II 

Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters 
Selected Financial Data 
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
Controls and Procedures 
Other Information 

PART III 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Executive Compensation 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Item 15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

Signatures 

PART IV 

2  

Page 

  3
  10
  21
  21
  22
  22

  23
  25
  27
  42
  43
  43
  44
  46

  46
  46
  46
  47
  47

  48

  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
PART I 

This Form 10-K contains certain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, including statements regarding our strategy and future 
financial performance and those statements identified under "Item 7 – Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – 
Note Regarding Forward-looking Statements."  Our actual results could differ materially from the results described in these forward-looking statements as a 
result of certain factors including those set forth under "Item 1A – Risk Factors," beginning below at page 10, and elsewhere in this Form 10-K.  Although we 
believe that the matters reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or 
achievements.  You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.  We disclaim any obligation to update information contained in any 
forward-looking statement. 

Item 1.                 BUSINESS 

We develop and manufacture specialized semiconductor products used by our customers for a wide variety of embedded control applications.  Our product 
portfolio comprises 8-bit, 16-bit, and 32-bit PIC® microcontrollers and 16-bit dsPIC® digital signal controllers, which feature on-board Flash (reprogrammable) memory 
technology.  In addition, we offer a broad spectrum of high-performance linear, mixed-signal, power management, thermal management, RF, safety and security, and 
interface devices, as well as serial EEPROMs, Serial Flash memories and Parallel Flash memories.  We also license Flash-IP solutions that are incorporated in a broad 
range of products.  Our synergistic product portfolio targets thousands of applications and a growing demand for high-performance designs in the automotive, 
communications, computing, consumer and industrial control markets.  Our quality systems are ISO/TS16949 (2002 version) certified. 

Microchip Technology Incorporated was incorporated in Delaware in 1989.  In this Form 10-K, "we," "us," and "our" each refers to Microchip Technology 
Incorporated and its subsidiaries.  Our executive offices are located at 2355 West Chandler Boulevard, Chandler, Arizona 85224-6199 and our telephone number is 
(480) 792-7200. 

Our Internet address is www.microchip.com.  We post the following filings on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed 

with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission: 

· 
· 
· 
· 
· 

our annual report on Form 10-K 
our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q 
our current reports on Form 8-K 
our proxy statement 
any amendments to the above-listed reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

All SEC filings on our website are available free of charge.  The information on our website is not incorporated into this Form 10-K. 

Industry Background 

Competitive pressures require manufacturers of a wide variety of products to expand product functionality and provide differentiation while maintaining or 

reducing cost.  To address these requirements, manufacturers often use integrated circuit-based embedded control systems that enable them to: 

· 
· 
· 
· 
· 
· 
· 

differentiate their products 
replace less efficient electromechanical control devices 
reduce the number of components in their system 
add product functionality 
reduce the system level energy consumption 
decrease time to market for their products 
significantly reduce product cost 

Embedded control systems have been incorporated into thousands of products and subassemblies in a wide variety of applications and markets worldwide, 

including: 

· 
· 
· 
· 
· 
· 

automotive comfort, safety and entertainment applications 
remote control devices 
handheld tools 
home appliances 
portable computers 
robotics 

3  

  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
accessories 
cordless and cellular telephones 

· 
· 
·  motor controls 
security systems 
· 
educational and entertainment devices 
· 
consumer electronics 
· 
power supplies 
· 
touch screens 
· 
·  medical products 

Embedded control systems typically incorporate a microcontroller as the principal active, and sometimes sole, component.  A microcontroller is a self-contained 

computer-on-a-chip consisting of a central processing unit, non-volatile program memory, random access memory for data storage and various input/output 
peripheral capabilities.  In addition to the microcontroller, a complete embedded control system incorporates application-specific software and may include specialized 
peripheral device controllers, non-volatile memory components such as EEPROMs, Flash memory and various analog and interface products. 

The increasing demand for embedded control has made the market for microcontrollers one of the larger segments of the semiconductor market at approximately 
$15 billion in calendar year 2010.  Microcontrollers are currently available in 4-bit through 32-bit architectures.  4-bit microcontrollers are the smallest segment of the 
microcontroller market and have been in decline for several years.  8-bit microcontrollers remain very cost-effective for a wide range of high-volume embedded control 
applications and, as a result, continue to represent the largest portion of the overall microcontroller market.  16-bit and 32-bit microcontrollers provide higher 
performance and functionality, and are generally found in more complex embedded control applications. 

Our Products 

Our strategic focus is on embedded control solutions, including: 

development tools 
analog and interface products 

·  microcontrollers 
· 
· 
·  memory products 
·       technology licensing 

We provide highly cost-effective embedded control solutions that also offer the advantages of small size, high performance, extreme low power, low voltage 

operation and ease of development, enabling timely and cost-effective embedded control product integration by our customers. 

Microcontrollers 

We offer a broad family of proprietary microcontroller products marketed under the PIC brand name.  We believe that our PIC product family is a 
price/performance leader in the worldwide microcontroller market.  We have shipped over 9 billion PIC microcontrollers to customers worldwide since their 
introduction in 1990.  Our PIC products are designed for applications requiring field programmability, high performance, low power and cost effectiveness.  They 
feature a variety of memory technology configurations, low voltage, extreme low power, small footprint and ease of use.  Our performance results from a product 
architecture which features dual data and instruction pathways, referred to as a Harvard dual-bus architecture; a Reduced Instruction Set Computer, referred to as 
RISC; and variable length instructions; all of which provide significant speed advantages over alternative single-bus, Complex Instruction Set Computer 
architectures, referred to as CISC.  With over 790 microcontrollers in our product portfolio, we target the 8-bit, 16-bit, and 32-bit microcontroller markets. 

Digital Signal Controllers (DSC) are a subset of our 16-bit microcontroller offering.  Our dsPIC DSC families integrate the control features of high-performance 16-
bit microcontrollers with the computation capabilities of Digital Signal Processors (DSPs), along with a wide variety of peripheral functions making them suitable for a 
large number of embedded control applications.  Our dsPIC product family offers a broad suite of hardware and software development tools, software application 
libraries, development boards and reference designs to ease and expedite the customer application development cycle.  With its field-reprogrammability, large 
selection of peripheral functions, small footprint and ease of use, we believe that our dsPIC DSCs expand our addressable market. 

4  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
We have used our manufacturing experience and design and process technology to bring additional enhancements and manufacturing efficiencies to the 
development and production of our PIC family of microcontroller products.  Our extensive experience base has enabled us to develop our advanced, low-cost user 
programmability feature by incorporating non-volatile memory, such as Flash, EEPROM and EPROM Memory, into the microcontroller, and to be a leader in 
reprogrammable microcontroller product offerings. 

Development Tools 

We offer a comprehensive set of low-cost and easy-to-learn application development tools.  These tools enable system designers to quickly and easily program 

a PIC microcontroller and dsPIC DSC for specific applications and, we believe, are a key factor for obtaining design wins. 

Our family of development tools for PIC and dsPIC products range from entry-level systems, which include an assembler and programmer or in-circuit debugging 
hardware, to fully configured systems that provide in-circuit emulation capability.  Customers moving from entry-level designs to those requiring real-time emulation 
are able to preserve their investment in learning and tools as they migrate to future PIC devices since all of our PIC and dsPIC development tools share the same 
integrated development environment. 

Many independent companies also develop and market application development tools that support our standard microcontroller product architecture.  Currently, 

there are approximately 200 third-party tool suppliers worldwide whose products support our proprietary microcontroller architecture. 

We believe that familiarity with and adoption of both our and third-party development tools by an increasing number of product designers will be an important 

factor in the future selection of our embedded control products.  These development tools allow design engineers to develop thousands of application-specific 
products from our standard microcontrollers.  To date, we have shipped more than 1,000,000 development tools. 

Analog and Interface Products 

Our analog and interface products consist of several families with approximately 730 power management, linear, mixed-signal, thermal management, RF Linear 
drivers, safety and security, and interface products.  At the end of fiscal 2011, our mixed-signal analog and interface products were being shipped to more than 17,500 
end customers. 

We market and sell our analog and interface products into our microcontroller customer base, to customers who use microcontrollers from other suppliers and to 
customers who use other products that may not fit our traditional PIC microcontroller and memory products customer base.  We market these, and all of our products, 
based on an application segment approach targeted to provide customers with application solutions. 

Memory Products 

Our memory products consist of serial electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (referred to as Serial EEPROMs), Serial Flash Memories, Parallel 
Flash Memories and Serial SRAM memories.  Serial EEPROMs, Serial Flash memories and Serial SRAM have a very low I/O pin requirement, permitting production of 
very small footprint devices.  We sell our memory products primarily into the embedded control market, complementing our microcontroller offerings. 

Technology Licensing 

Our technology licensing business from our acquisition of SST, includes license fees and royalties associated with SST's technology licenses for the use of 

SuperFlash technology and fees for engineering services.  We license the 
SuperFlash®  technology to foundries, IDMs and design partners throughout the world for use in the manufacture of their advanced microcontroller products. 

Manufacturing 

Our manufacturing operations include wafer fabrication and assembly and test.  The ownership of our manufacturing resources is an important component of our 

business strategy, enabling us to maintain a high level of manufacturing control resulting in us being one of the lowest cost producers in the embedded control 
industry.  By owning our wafer fabrication facilities and our assembly and test operations, and by employing statistical techniques (statistical process control, 
designed experiments and wafer level monitoring), we have been able to achieve and maintain high production yields.  Direct control over manufacturing resources 
allows us to shorten our design and production cycles.  This control also allows us to capture the wafer manufacturing and a portion of the assembly and testing 
profit margin. 

5

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Our manufacturing facilities are located in: 

·  Tempe, Arizona (Fab 2) 
·  Chandler, Arizona (probe operations) 
·  Gresham, Oregon (Fab 4) 
·  Bangkok, Thailand (assembly, probe and test) 

Wafer Fabrication 

Fab 2 currently produces 8-inch wafers and supports manufacturing processes from 0.35 to 5.0 microns.  During fiscal 2011, Fab 2 operated at or above normal 

capacity levels, which we typically consider to be in the range of 90% to 95% of the actual capacity of the installed equipment.  Fab 2's capacity to support more 
advanced technologies was increased during fiscal 2011 by making process improvements, upgrading existing equipment, and adding equipment as required. 

Fab 4 currently produces 8-inch wafers using predominantly 0.22 to 0.5 micron manufacturing processes and is capable of supporting technologies below 0.18 

microns.  Similar to Fab 2, during fiscal 2011, Fab 4 was operating at or above normal capacity levels, which we typically consider to be in the range of 90% to 95% of 
the actual capacity of the installed equipment.  The capacity of Fab 4 to support our most advanced technology and support new technology development was 
increased during fiscal 2011 by starting up more of the tools we acquired when we purchased Fab 4 in fiscal 2003 and installing new tools.  A significant amount of 
additional clean room capacity and equipment acquired with Fab 4 can be brought on line in the future to support incremental wafer fabrication capacity needs.  We 
believe the combined capacity of Fab 2 and Fab 4 will provide sufficient capacity to allow us to respond to increases in future demand over the next several years 
with modest incremental capital expenditures. 

We continue to transition products to more advanced process technologies to reduce future manufacturing costs.  We believe that our ability to successfully 

transition to more advanced process technologies is important for us to remain competitive. 

We have, in recent years, outsourced a portion of our wafer production requirements to third-party wafer foundries to augment our internal manufacturing 
capabilities.  As a result of our acquisition of SST in fiscal 2011, we have become more reliant on outside wafer foundries for our wafer fabrication requirements than 
we have in past periods.  In fiscal 2011, approximately 20 percent of our sales came from product that was produced at outside wafer foundries. 

Assembly and Test 

We perform product assembly and testing at our facilities located near Bangkok, Thailand.  As of March 31, 2011, approximately 61% of our assembly 
requirements were being performed in our Thailand facility.  As of March 31, 2011, approximately 88% of our test requirements were performed in our Thailand 
facility.  We use third-party assembly and test contractors in several Asian countries for the balance of our assembly and test requirements.  During fiscal 2011, 
consistent with favorable business conditions, we operated at normal capacity levels and selectively increased our probe, assembly and test capacity at our Thailand 
facility. 

General Matters Impacting Our Manufacturing Operations 

We employ proprietary design and manufacturing processes in developing our microcontroller, analog and memory products.  We believe our processes afford 

us both cost-effective designs in existing and derivative products and greater functionality in new product designs.  While many of our competitors develop and 
optimize separate processes for their logic, analog and memory product lines, we use a common process technology for our microcontroller, analog, and non-volatile 
memory products.  This allows us to more fully absorb our process research and development costs and to deliver new products to market more rapidly.  Our 
engineers utilize advanced computer aided design tools and software to perform circuit design, simulation and layout, and our in-house photomask and wafer 
fabrication facilities enable us to rapidly verify design techniques by processing test wafers quickly and efficiently. 

Due to the high fixed costs inherent in semiconductor manufacturing, consistently high manufacturing yields have significant positive effects on our gross profit 

and overall operating results.  Our continuous focus on manufacturing productivity has allowed us to maintain excellent manufacturing yields at our facilities.  Our 
manufacturing yields are primarily driven by a comprehensive implementation of statistical process control, extensive employee training and our effective use of our 
manufacturing facilities and equipment.  Maintenance of manufacturing productivity and yields are important factors in the achievement of our operating results.  The 
manufacture of integrated circuits, particularly non-volatile, erasable CMOS memory and logic devices, such as those that we produce, are complex processes.  These 
processes are sensitive to a wide variety of factors, including the level of contaminants in the manufacturing environment, impurities in the materials used and the 
performance of our manufacturing personnel and equipment.  As is typical in the semiconductor industry, we have from time to time experienced lower than 
anticipated manufacturing yields.  Our operating results will suffer if we are unable to maintain yields at approximately the current levels. 

6

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
Historically, we have relied on our ability to respond quickly to customer orders as part of our competitive strategy, resulting in customers placing orders with 

relatively short delivery schedules.  In order to respond to such requirements, we have historically maintained a significant work-in-process and finished goods 
inventory. 

At the end of fiscal 2011, we owned identifiable long-lived assets (consisting of property, plant and equipment) in the United States with a carrying value, net of 
accumulated depreciation, of $330.0 million and $210.5 million in other countries, including $193.7 million in Thailand.  At the end of fiscal 2010, we owned identifiable 
long-lived assets in the United States with a carrying value, net of accumulated depreciation, of $333.0 million and $160.0 million in other countries, including 
$147.7 million in Thailand. 

Research and Development (R&D) 

We are committed to continuing our investment in new and enhanced products, including development systems, and in our design and manufacturing process 

technologies.  We believe these investments are significant factors in maintaining our competitive position.  Our current R&D activities focus on the development of 
microcontrollers, digital signal controllers, Serial EEPROM memory, NOR FLASH Memory, Embedded FLASH technologies, RF products, analog and interface 
products, development systems, software and application-specific software libraries.  We are also developing design and process technologies to enable products 
and innovative features as well as achieve further cost reductions and performance improvements in existing products. 

In fiscal 2011, our R&D expenses were $170.6 million, compared to $120.8 million in fiscal 2010 and $115.5 million in fiscal 2009.  R&D expenses included share-

based compensation expense of $12.9 million in fiscal 2011, $12.2 million in fiscal 2010 and $10.9 million in fiscal 2009. 

Sales and Distribution 

General 

We market our products worldwide primarily through a network of direct sales personnel and distributors. 

Our direct sales force focuses on a wide variety of strategic accounts in three geographical markets: the Americas, Europe and Asia.  We currently maintain sales 

and technical support centers in major metropolitan areas in all three geographic markets.  We believe that a strong technical service presence is essential to the 
continued development of the embedded control market.  Many of our field sales engineers (FSEs), field application engineers (FAEs), and sales management have 
technical degrees or backgrounds and have been previously employed in high technology environments.  We believe that the technical knowledge of our sales force 
is a key competitive advantage in the sale of our products.  The primary mission of our FAE team is to provide technical assistance to customers and to conduct 
periodic training sessions for the balance of our sales team.  FAEs also frequently conduct technical seminars and workshops in major cities around the world. 

Our licensing division has dedicated sales, technology, design, product, test and reliability personnel that support the requirements of our licensees. 

Distribution 

Our distributors focus primarily on servicing the product requirements of a broad base of diverse customers.  We believe that distributors provide an effective 
means of reaching this broad and diverse customer base.  We believe that customers recognize Microchip for its products and brand name and use distributors as an 
effective supply channel. 

In fiscal 2011, we derived 58% of our net sales through distributors and 42% of our net sales from customers serviced directly by Microchip.  In fiscal 2010, we 

derived 61% of our net sales through distributors and 39% of our net sales from customers serviced directly by Microchip.  In fiscal 2009, we derived 64% of our net 
sales through distributors and 36% of our net sales from customers serviced directly by Microchip.  Our largest distributor accounted for approximately 10% of our 
net sales in fiscal 2011, 12% of our net sales in fiscal 2010 and 14% of our net sales in fiscal 2009.  No other distributor or end customer accounted for more than 10% 
of our net sales in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 or fiscal 2009. 

We do not have long-term agreements with our distributors and we, or our distributors, may each terminate our relationship with little or no advanced 

notice.  The loss of, or the disruption in the operations of, one or more of our distributors could reduce our future net sales in a given quarter and could result in an 
increase in inventory returns. 

7

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Sales by Geography 

Sales by geography for fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 were as follows (dollars in thousands): 

Americas 
Europe 
Asia 

Total Sales 

$

2011 
310,735   
334,911   
841,559   

% 

Year Ended March 31, 

2010 

% 

2009 

% 

20.9    $
22.5     
56.6     

231,398   
237,354   
478,977   

24.4    $
25.1     
50.5     

228,922   
257,407   
416,968   

25.3 
28.5 
46.2 

$

1,487,205   

100.0    $

947,729   

100.0    $

903,297   

100.0 

Sales to foreign customers accounted for approximately 80% of our net sales in fiscal 2011, approximately 77% of our net sales in fiscal 2010 and approximately 

75% of our net sales in fiscal 2009.  Our sales to foreign customers have been predominately in Asia and Europe, which we attribute to the manufacturing strength in 
those areas for automotive, communications, computing, consumer and industrial control products.  The primary reason our sales to customers in Asia increased in 
fiscal 2011 compared to prior periods was due to our acquisition of SST whose sales were more heavily weighted to Asian customers compared to the rest of our 
business.  Americas sales include sales to customers in the United States, Canada, Central America and South America. 

Sales to customers in China, including Hong Kong, accounted for approximately 25% of our net sales in fiscal 2011, 25% of our net sales in fiscal 2010 and 
approximately 23% of our net sales in fiscal 2009.  Sales to customers in Taiwan accounted for approximately 13% of our net sales in fiscal 2011 and approximately 
10% of our net sales in fiscal 2010.  We did not have sales into any other foreign countries that exceeded 10% of our net sales during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 or fiscal 
2009. 

Our international sales are substantially all U.S. dollar denominated.  Although foreign sales are subject to certain government export restrictions, we have not 

experienced any material difficulties to date as a result of export restrictions. 

The semiconductor industry is characterized by seasonality and wide fluctuations of supply and demand.  Since a significant portion of our revenue is from 
consumer markets and international sales, our business may be subject to seasonally lower revenues in the third and fourth quarters of our fiscal year.  In recent 
periods, global economic conditions have had a more significant impact on our results than seasonality, and has made it difficult to assess the impact of seasonal 
factors on our business. 

Backlog 

As of April 30, 2011, our backlog was approximately $544.9 million, compared to $527.6 million as of April 30, 2010.  Our backlog includes all purchase orders 

scheduled for delivery within the subsequent 12 months. 

We primarily produce standard products that can be shipped from inventory within a relatively short time after we receive an order.  Our business and, to a large 
extent, that of the entire semiconductor industry, is characterized by short-term orders and shipment schedules.  Orders constituting our current backlog are subject 
to changes in delivery schedules, or to cancellation at the customer's option without significant penalty.  Thus, while backlog is useful for scheduling production, 
backlog as of any particular date may not be a reliable measure of sales for any future period. 

Competition 

The semiconductor industry is intensely competitive and has been characterized by price erosion and rapid technological change.  We compete with major 

domestic and international semiconductor companies, many of which have greater market recognition and greater financial, technical, marketing, distribution and 
other resources than we have with which to pursue engineering, manufacturing, marketing and distribution of their products.  We also compete with a number of 
companies that we believe have copied, cloned, pirated or reverse engineered our proprietary product lines in such countries as China, Korea and Taiwan.  We are 
continuing to take actions to vigorously and aggressively defend and protect our intellectual property on a worldwide basis. 

8

  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
      
    
      
    
  
  
We currently compete principally on the basis of the technical innovation and performance of our embedded control products, including the following product 

characteristics: 

· 
· 
· 
· 
· 
· 

speed 
functionality 
density 
low power consumption 
reliability 
packaging alternatives 

We believe that other important competitive factors in the embedded control market include: 

· 
· 
· 
· 
· 

ease of use 
functionality of application development systems 
dependable delivery, quality and availability 
technical and innovative service and support 
price 

We believe that we compete favorably with other companies on all of these factors, but we may be unable to compete successfully in the future, which could 

harm our business. 

Patents, Licenses and Trademarks 

We maintain a portfolio of U.S. and foreign patents, expiring on various dates between 2011 and 2029.  We also have numerous additional U.S. and foreign patent 

applications pending.  We do not expect that the expiration of any particular patent will have a material impact on our business.  While we intend to continue to seek 
patents on our technology and manufacturing processes, we believe that our continued success depends primarily on the technological skills and innovative 
capabilities of our personnel and our ability to rapidly commercialize product developments, rather than on our patents.  Our existing and new patents, trademarks and 
copyrights that issue may not be of sufficient scope or strength to provide meaningful intellectual property protection or any commercial advantage to us.  In 
addition, pursuing violations of our intellectual property rights on a worldwide basis is a complex business area involving patent law, trademark law, copyright law 
and the laws of certain foreign countries do not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S. 

We have entered into certain intellectual property licenses and cross-licenses with other companies related to semiconductor products and manufacturing 
processes.  As is typical in the semiconductor industry, we and our customers have from time to time received, and may in the future receive, communications from 
third parties asserting patent or other intellectual property rights on certain of our products or technologies.  We investigate all such notices and respond as we 
believe is appropriate.  Based on industry practice, we believe that in most cases we can obtain necessary licenses or other rights on commercially reasonable terms, 
but we cannot assure that all licenses would be on acceptable terms, that litigation would not ensue or that damages for any past infringement would not be 
assessed.  Litigation, which could result in substantial cost to us and require significant attention from management, may be necessary to enforce our patents or 
other intellectual property rights, or to defend us against claimed infringement of the rights of others.  The failure to obtain necessary licenses or other rights, or 
litigation arising out of infringement claims, could harm our business. 

Environmental Regulation 

We must comply with many different federal, state, local and foreign governmental regulations related to the use, storage, discharge and disposal of certain 
chemicals and gases used in our manufacturing processes.  Our facilities have been designed to comply with these regulations and we believe that our activities are 
conducted in material compliance with such regulations.  Any changes in such regulations or in their enforcement could require us to acquire costly equipment or to 
incur other significant expenses to comply with environmental regulations.  Any failure by us to adequately control the storage, use and disposal of regulated 
substances could result in future liabilities. 

Increasing public attention has been focused on the environmental impact of electronic manufacturing operations.  While we have not experienced any materially 

adverse effects on our operations from recently adopted environmental regulations, our business and results of operations could suffer if for any reason we fail to 
control the use of, or to adequately restrict the discharge of, hazardous substances under present or future environmental regulations. 

Employees 

As of March 31, 2011, we had 6,970 employees.  None of our employees are represented by a labor organization.  We have never had a work stoppage and 

believe that our employee relations are good. 

9

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
Executive Officers of the Registrant 

The following sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers as of April 30, 2011: 

Name 
Steve Sanghi 
Ganesh Moorthy 
J. Eric Bjornholt 
Stephen V. Drehobl 
David S. Lambert 
Mitchell R. Little 
Richard J. Simoncic 

Age 
55 
51 
40 
49 
59 
59 
47 

Position 

Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer 
Executive Vice President & Chief Operating Officer 
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 
Vice President, Security, Microcontroller and Technology Division 
Vice President, Fab Operations 
Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Applications 
Vice President, Analog and Interface Products Division 

Mr. Sanghi has been President since August 1990, CEO since October 1991, and Chairman of the Board since October 1993.  He has served as a director since 
August 1990.  Mr. Sanghi holds an M.S. degree in Electrical and Computer Engineering from the University of Massachusetts and a B.S. degree in Electronics and 
Communication from Punjab University, India.  Since May 2004, he has been a member of the Board of Directors of Xyratex Ltd., a storage and network technology 
company.  Since May 2007, he has been a member of the Board of Directors of FIRST (For Inspiration and Recognition of Science and Technology). 

Mr. Moorthy has served as Chief Operating Officer since June 2008, as Executive Vice President since October 2006 and as a Vice President in various roles since 

he joined Microchip in 2001.  Prior to this time, he served in various executive capacities with other semiconductor companies.  Mr. Moorthy holds an M.B.A. in 
Marketing from National University, a B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of Washington and a B.S. degree in Physics from the University of 
Mumbai, India. 

Mr. Bjornholt has served as Vice President of Finance since 2008 and as Chief Financial Officer since January 1, 2009.  He has served in various financial 
management capacities since he joined Microchip in 1995.  Mr. Bjornholt holds a Masters degree in Taxation from Arizona State University and a B.S. degree in 
accounting from the University of Arizona. 

Mr. Drehobl has served as Vice President of the Security, Microcontroller, and Technology Division since July 2001. He has been employed by Microchip since 

August 1989 and has served as a Vice President in various roles since February 1997.  Mr. Drehobl holds a Bachelor of Technology degree from the University of 
Dayton. 

Mr. Lambert has served as Vice President, Fab Operations since November 1993.  From 1991 to November 1993, he served as Director of Manufacturing 
Engineering, and from 1989 to 1991, he served as Engineering Manager of Fab Operations.  Mr. Lambert holds a B.S. degree in Chemical Engineering from the 
University of Cincinnati. 

Mr. Little has served as Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Applications since July 2000.  He has been employed by Microchip since 1989 and has served as a 

Vice President in various roles since September 1993.  Mr. Little holds a B.S. degree in Engineering Technology from United Electronics Institute. 

Mr. Simoncic has served as Vice President, Analog and Interface Products Division since September 1999.  From October 1995 to September 1999, he served as 
Vice President in various roles.  Joining Microchip in 1990, Mr. Simoncic held various roles in Design, Device/Yield Engineering and Quality Systems.  Mr. Simoncic 
holds a B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering Technology from DeVry Institute of Technology. 

Item 1A. 

RISK FACTORS 

When evaluating Microchip and its business, you should give careful consideration to the factors listed below, in addition to the information provided 

elsewhere in this Form 10-K and in other documents that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

Our operating results were adversely impacted by global economic conditions in the second half of fiscal 2009 and may fluctuate in the future due to a number 
of factors that could reduce our net sales and profitability. 

Our operating results are affected by a wide variety of factors that could reduce our net sales and profitability, many of which are beyond our control.  Some of 

the factors that may affect our operating results include: 

·   changes in demand or market acceptance of our products and products of our customers; 
·   the mix of inventory we hold and our ability to satisfy orders from our inventory; 
·   levels of inventories at our customers; 
·   risk of excess and obsolete inventories; 
·   changes in utilization of our manufacturing capacity and fluctuations in manufacturing yields; 

10

  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
·   our ability to secure sufficient wafer foundry, assembly and testing capacity; 
·   availability of raw materials and equipment; 
·   competitive developments including pricing pressures; 
·   unauthorized copying of our products resulting in pricing pressure and loss of sales; 
·   the level of orders that are received and can be shipped in a quarter; 
·   the level of sell-through of our products through distribution; 
·   fluctuations in the mix of products; 
·   changes or fluctuations in customer order patterns and seasonality; 
·   constrained availability from other electronic suppliers impacting our customers' ability to ship their products, which in turn may adversely impact our 

sales to those customers; 

·   costs and outcomes of any current or future tax audits or any litigation involving intellectual property, customers or other issues; 
·   changes in tax regulations and policies in the U.S. and other countries in which we do business; 
·   disruptions in our business or our customers' businesses due to terrorist activity, armed conflict, war, worldwide oil prices and supply, public health 

concerns, natural disasters or disruptions in the transportation system; 

·   fluctuations in commodity prices; 
·   property damage or other losses, whether or not covered by insurance; and 
·   general economic, industry or political conditions in the U.S. or internationally. 

We believe that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results are not necessarily meaningful and that you should not rely upon any such comparisons 

as indications of future performance.  In future periods, our operating results may fall below our public guidance or the expectations of public market analysts and 
investors, which would likely have a negative effect on the price of our common stock.  Adverse global economic conditions and the subsequent economic recovery 
have caused our operating results to fluctuate significantly and make comparability between periods less meaningful. 

Our operating results will suffer if we ineffectively utilize our manufacturing capacity or fail to maintain manufacturing yields. 

The manufacture and assembly of integrated circuits, particularly non-volatile, erasable CMOS memory and logic devices such as those that we produce, are 

complex processes.  These processes are sensitive to a wide variety of factors, including the level of contaminants in the manufacturing environment, impurities in 
the materials used, the performance of our wafer fabrication personnel and equipment, and other quality issues.  As is typical in the semiconductor industry, we have 
from time to time experienced lower than anticipated manufacturing yields.  Our operating results will suffer if we are unable to maintain yields at approximately the 
current levels.  This could include delays in the recognition of revenue, loss of revenue or future orders, and customer-imposed penalties for failure to meet 
contractual shipment deadlines.  Our operating results are also adversely affected when we operate at less than optimal capacity.  During the third and fourth quarters 
of fiscal 2009, we reduced wafer starts in both Fab 2 and Fab 4, implemented rotating unpaid time off and had multiple planned shutdowns in our Thailand facility to 
help control inventory levels in response to adverse economic conditions.  This lower capacity utilization resulted in certain costs being charged directly to expense 
and lower gross margins.  In the quarter ended December 31, 2009, we increased our production output in our factories and did not have any shutdowns in our 
Thailand operation and reduced the amount of rotating unpaid time off in Fab 2 and Fab 4.  Since the March 2010 quarter, we have been running at more optimal 
levels of capacity utilization. 

We are dependent on orders that are received and shipped in the same quarter and are therefore limited in our visibility of future product shipments. 

Our net sales in any given quarter depend upon a combination of shipments from backlog and orders received in that quarter for shipment in that quarter, which 
we refer to as turns orders.  We measure turns orders at the beginning of a quarter based on the orders needed to meet the shipment targets that we set entering the 
quarter.  Historically, we have relied on our ability to respond quickly to customer orders as part of our competitive strategy, resulting in customers placing orders 
with relatively short delivery schedules.  Shorter lead times generally mean that turns orders as a percentage of our business are relatively high in any particular 
quarter and reduce our backlog visibility on future product shipments.  Turns orders correlate to overall semiconductor industry conditions and product lead 
times.  Because turns orders are difficult to predict, varying levels of turns orders make our net sales more difficult to forecast.  If we do not achieve a sufficient level 
of turns orders in a particular quarter relative to our revenue targets, our revenue and operating results may suffer. 

11

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Intense competition in the markets we serve may lead to pricing pressures, reduced sales of our products or reduced market share. 

The semiconductor industry is intensely competitive and has been characterized by price erosion and rapid technological change.  We compete with major 

domestic and international semiconductor companies, many of which have greater market recognition and substantially greater financial, technical, marketing, 
distribution and other resources than we do.  We may be unable to compete successfully in the future, which could harm our business.  Our ability to compete 
successfully depends on a number of factors both within and outside our control, including, but not limited to: 

·   the quality, performance, reliability, features, ease of use, pricing and diversity of our products; 
·   our success in designing and manufacturing new products including those implementing new technologies; 
·   the rate at which customers incorporate our products into their own applications; 
·   product introductions by our competitors; 
·   the number, nature and success of our competitors in a given market; 
·   our ability to obtain adequate supplies of raw materials and other supplies at acceptable prices; 
·   our ability to protect our products and processes by effective utilization of intellectual property rights; 
·   our ability to remain price competitive against companies that have copied our proprietary product lines, especially in countries where intellectual 

property rights protection is difficult to achieve and maintain; 

·   our ability to address the needs of our customers; and 
·   general market and economic conditions. 

Historically, average selling prices in the semiconductor industry decrease over the life of any particular product.  The overall average selling prices of our 

microcontroller and proprietary analog and interface products have remained relatively constant, while average selling prices of our Serial EEPROM and non-
proprietary analog and interface products have declined over time. 

We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, modest pricing declines in certain of our more mature proprietary product lines, primarily due to 
competitive conditions.  We have been able to moderate average selling price declines in many of our proprietary product lines by continuing to introduce new 
products with more features and higher prices.  However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so in the future.  We have experienced in the past, and 
expect to continue to experience in the future, varying degrees of competitive pricing pressures in our Serial EEPROM and non-proprietary analog products.  We may 
be unable to maintain average selling prices for our products as a result of increased pricing pressure in the future, which could adversely impact our operating 
results. 

Our business is dependent on selling through distributors. 

Sales through distributors accounted for approximately 58% of our net sales in fiscal 2011, approximately 61% of our net sales in fiscal 2010 and approximately 
64% of our net sales in fiscal 2009.  Our largest distributor accounted for approximately 10% of our net sales in fiscal 2011, approximately 12% of our net sales in fiscal 
2010, and approximately 14% of our net sales in fiscal 2009.  We do not have long-term agreements with our distributors and we and our distributors may each 
terminate our relationship with little or no advance notice. 

Any future adverse conditions in the U.S. and global economies or in the U.S. and global credit markets could materially impact the operations of our 

distributors.  Any deterioration in the financial condition of our distributors or any disruption in the operations of our distributors could adversely impact the flow of 
our products to our end customers and adversely impact our results of operation.  In addition, during an industry and/or economic downturn, it is possible there will 
be an oversupply of products and a decrease in sell-through of our products by our distributors which could reduce our net sales in a given period and result in an 
increase in inventory returns. 

Our success depends on our ability to introduce new products on a timely basis. 

Our future operating results will depend on our ability to develop and introduce new products on a timely basis that can compete effectively on the basis of price 
and performance and which address customer requirements.  The success of our new product introductions depends on various factors, including, but not limited to: 

·   proper new product selection; 
·   timely completion and introduction of new product designs; 
·   timely filing of intellectual property rights for new product designs; 
·   availability of development and support tools and collateral literature that make complex new products easy for engineers to understand and use; 

and 

·   market acceptance of our customers' end products. 

12

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Because our products are complex, we have experienced delays from time to time in completing development of new products.  In addition, our new products may 

not receive or maintain substantial market acceptance.  We may be unable to design, develop and introduce competitive products on a timely basis, which could 
adversely impact our future operating results. 

Our success also depends upon our ability to develop and implement new design and process technologies.  Semiconductor design and process technologies 

are subject to rapid technological change and require significant R&D expenditures.  We and other companies in the industry have, from time to time, experienced 
difficulties in effecting transitions to advanced process technologies and, consequently, have suffered reduced manufacturing yields or delays in product 
deliveries.  Our future operating results could be adversely affected if any transition to future process technologies is substantially delayed or inefficiently 
implemented. 

Our recently acquired technology licensing business exposes us to various risks. 

In connection with our acquisition of SST, we acquired SST's intellectual property licensing business which is based on its SuperFlash technology.  The success 
of our licensing business will depend on the continued market acceptance of this technology and on our ability to further develop and enhance such technology and 
to introduce new technologies in the future.  To be successful, any such technology must be able to be repeatably implemented by licensees, provide satisfactory 
yield rates, address licensee and customer requirements, and perform competitively.  The success of our technology licensing business depends on various other 
factors, including, but not limited to: 

·   proper identification of licensee requirements; 
·   timely development and introduction of new or enhanced technology; 
·   our ability to protect our intellectual property rights for our licensed technology; 
·   availability  of  sufficient  development  and  support  services  to  assist  licensees  in  their  design  and  manufacture  of  products  integrating  our 

technology; 

·   availability of foundry licensees with sufficient capacity to support OEM production; and 
·   market acceptance of our customers' end products. 

Because our SuperFlash technology is complex, there may be delays from time to time in developing and enhancing such technology.  There can be no 

assurance that our existing or any enhanced or new technology will achieve or maintain substantial market acceptance.  Our licensees may experience disruptions in 
production or lower than expected production levels which would adversely affect the revenue that we receive from them.  Our technology license agreements 
generally include an indemnification clause that indemnifies the licensee against liability and damages (including legal defense costs) arising from intellectual 
property matters.  We could be exposed to substantial liability for claims or damages related to intellectual property matters or indemnification claims.  Any claim, with 
our without merit, could result in significant legal fees and require significant attention from our management.  Any of the foregoing issues may adversely impact the 
success of our licensing business and adversely affect our future operating results. 

We must attract and retain qualified personnel to be successful and competition for qualified personnel can be intense. 

Our success depends upon the efforts and abilities of our senior management, engineering and other personnel.  The competition for qualified engineering and 
management personnel can be intense.  We may be unsuccessful in retaining our existing key personnel or in attracting and retaining additional key personnel that 
we require.  The loss of the services of one or more of our key personnel or the inability to add key personnel could harm our business.  We have no employment 
agreements with any member of our senior management team.  

We are dependent on several contractors to perform key manufacturing functions for us, and our licensees of our Flash technology also rely on foundries and 
other contractors. 

We use several contractors located in Asia for a portion of the assembly and testing of our products.  We also rely on outside wafer foundries for a portion of 
our wafer fabrication.  Although we own the majority of our manufacturing resources, the disruption or termination of any of our contractors could harm our business 
and operating results. 

Our use of third parties involves some reduction in our level of control over the portions of our business that we subcontract.  Our future operating results could 

suffer if any contractor were to experience financial, operations or production difficulties or situations when demand exceeds capacity, or if they were unable to 
maintain manufacturing yields, assembly and test yields and costs at approximately their current levels, or if due to their locations in foreign countries they were to 
experience political upheaval or infrastructure disruption.  Further, procurement of required products and services from third parties is done by purchase order and 
contracts.  If these third parties are unable or unwilling to timely deliver products or services conforming to our quality standards, we may not be able to qualify 
additional manufacturing sources for our products in a timely manner or at all, and such arrangements, if any, may not be on favorable terms to us.  In such event, we 
could experience an interruption in production, an increase in manufacturing and production costs, decline in product reliability, and our business and operating 
results could be adversely affected. 

13

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Certain of our SuperFlash technology licensees also rely on outside wafer foundries for wafer fabrication services.  If the licensees were to experience any 
disruption in supply from the wafer foundries, this would reduce the revenue we receive in our technology licensing business and would harm our operating results. 

We may lose sales if our suppliers of raw materials and equipment fail to meet our needs. 

Our semiconductor manufacturing operations require raw materials and equipment that must meet exacting standards.  We generally have more than one source 

for these supplies, but there are only a limited number of suppliers capable of delivering various raw materials and equipment that meet our standards.  The raw 
materials and equipment necessary for our business could become more difficult to obtain as worldwide use of semiconductors in product applications 
increases.  We have experienced supply shortages from time to time in the past, and on occasion our suppliers have told us they need more time than expected to fill 
our orders or that they will no longer support certain equipment with updates or spare and replacement parts.  An interruption of any raw materials or equipment 
sources, or the lack of supplier support for a particular piece of equipment, could harm our business. 

Our operating results may be impacted by both seasonality and the wide fluctuations of supply and demand in the semiconductor industry. 

The semiconductor industry is characterized by seasonality and wide fluctuations of supply and demand.  Since a significant portion of our revenue is from 
consumer markets and international sales, our business may be subject to seasonally lower revenues in the third and fourth quarters of our fiscal year.  However, 
broad fluctuations in our overall business in recent periods, semiconductor industry conditions and global economic conditions have had a more significant impact 
on our results than seasonality, and have made it difficult to assess the impact of seasonal factors on our business.  The industry has also experienced significant 
economic downturns, characterized by diminished product demand and production over-capacity.  We have sought to reduce our exposure to this industry cyclically 
by selling proprietary products that cannot be easily or quickly replaced to a geographically diverse base of customers across a broad range of market 
segments.  However, we have experienced substantial period-to-period fluctuations in operating results and expect, in the future, to experience period-to-period 
fluctuations in operating results due to general industry or economic conditions. 

We are exposed to various risks related to legal proceedings or claims. 

We are currently, and in the future may be, involved in legal proceedings or claims regarding patent infringement, intellectual property rights, contracts and other 

matters.  As is typical in the semiconductor industry, we receive notifications from customers or licensees from time to time who believe that we owe them 
indemnification or other obligations related to infringement claims made against ourselves or the customers or licensees by third parties.  These legal proceedings 
and claims, whether with or without merit, could result in substantial cost to us and divert our resources.  If we are not able to resolve a claim, settle a matter, obtain 
necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, reengineer our products or processes to avoid infringement, and/or successfully prosecute or defend our 
position, we could incur uninsured liability in any of them, be required to take an appropriate charge to operations, be enjoined from selling a material portion of our 
products or using certain processes, suffer a reduction or elimination in the value of our inventories, and our business, financial condition or results of operations 
could be harmed. 

It is also possible that from time to time we may be subject to claims related to the manufacture, performance or use of our products.  These claims may be due to 

injuries or environmental exposures related to manufacturing, a product's nonconformance to our specifications, or specifications agreed upon with the customer, 
changes in our manufacturing processes, or unexpected end customer system issues due to the interaction with our products or insufficient design or testing by our 
customers.  We could incur significant expenses related to such matters, including, but not limited to: 

·   costs related to writing off the value of our inventory of nonconforming products; 
·   recalling nonconforming products; 
·   providing support services, product replacements, or modifications to products and the defense of such claims; 
·   diversion of resources from other projects; 
·   lost revenue or a delay in the recognition of revenue due to cancellation of orders and unpaid receivables; 
·   customer imposed fines or penalties for failure to meet contractual requirements; and 
·   a requirement to pay damages. 

Because the systems into which our products are integrated have a higher cost of goods than the products we sell, our expenses and damages may be 

significantly higher than the sales and profits we received from the products involved.  While we specifically exclude consequential damages in our standard terms 
and conditions, our ability to avoid such liabilities may be limited by applicable law.  We do have liability insurance which covers damages arising out of product 
defects, but we do not expect that insurance will cover all claims or be of a sufficient amount to fully protect against such claims.  Costs or payments we may make in 
connection with these customer claims may adversely affect the results of our operations. 

14

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Further, we sell to customers in industries such as automotive, aerospace, and medical, where failure of the systems in which our products are integrated could 

cause damage to property or persons.  We may be subject to claims if our products, or interactions with our products, cause the system failures.  We will face 
increased exposure to claims if there are substantial increases in either the volume of our sales into these applications or the frequency of system failures integrating 
our products. 

Failure to adequately protect our intellectual property could result in lost revenue or market opportunities. 

Our ability to obtain patents, licenses and other intellectual property rights covering our products and manufacturing processes is important for our success.  To 
that end, we have acquired certain patents and patent licenses and intend to continue to seek patents on our technology and manufacturing processes.  The process 
of seeking patent protection can be long and expensive, and patents may not be issued from currently pending or future applications.  In addition, our existing and 
new patents, trademarks and copyrights that issue may not be of sufficient scope or strength to provide meaningful protection or any commercial advantage to 
us.  We may be subject to or may ourselves initiate interference proceedings in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, patent offices of a foreign country or U.S. or 
foreign courts, which can require significant financial and management resources.  In addition, the laws of certain foreign countries do not protect our intellectual 
property rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S.  Infringement of our intellectual property rights by a third party could result in uncompensated lost market 
and revenue opportunities for us.  Although we continue to vigorously and aggressively defend and protect our intellectual property on a worldwide basis, there can 
be no assurance that we will be successful in our endeavors. 

Our operating results may be adversely impacted if economic conditions impact the financial viability of our licensees, customers, distributors, or suppliers. 

We regularly review the financial performance of our licensees, customers, distributors and suppliers.  However, any downturn in global economic conditions 

may adversely impact the financial viability of our licensees, customers, distributors or suppliers.  The financial failure of a large licensee, customer or distributor, an 
important supplier, or a group thereof, could have an adverse impact on our operating results and could result in us not being able to collect our accounts receivable 
balances, higher reserves for doubtful accounts, write-offs for accounts receivable, and higher operating costs as a percentage of revenues. 

We do not typically have long-term contracts with our customers. 

We do not typically enter into long-term contracts with our customers and we cannot be certain about future order levels from our customers.  When we do enter 

into customer contracts, the contract is generally cancelable at the convenience of the customer.  Even though we had over 68,000 customers and our ten largest 
direct customers made up approximately 9% of our total revenue for the year ended March 31, 2011, cancellation of customer contracts could have an adverse 
financial impact on our revenue and profits. 

Further, as the practice has become more commonplace in the industry, we have entered into contracts with certain customers that differ from our standard terms 
of sale.  For example, under these contracts we may commit to supply specific quantities of products on scheduled delivery dates, or agree to extend our obligations 
for certain liabilities such as warranties or indemnification for claims of intellectual property infringement.  If we agree to special supply terms and we become unable 
to supply the customer as required under the contract, the customer may incur additional production costs, lost revenues due to subsequent delays in their own 
manufacturing schedule, or quality-r elated issues.  If we agree to special warranty or indemnification provisions, we may be liable for the customer's costs, expenses 
and damages associated with their claims and we may be obligated to defend the customer against claims of intellectual property infringement and pay the associated 
legal fees.  While we try to limit the number of contracts that we sign which contain such special provisions, manage the risks underlying such liabilities and set caps 
on our liability exposure, such provisions do expose us to significant additional risks and could result in a material adverse impact on our results of operation and 
financial condition. 

15

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Business interruptions could harm our business. 

Operations at any of our facilities, or at the facilities of any of our wafer fabrication or assembly and test subcontractors, may be disrupted for reasons beyond 
our control, including work stoppages, power loss, incidents of terrorism or security risk, political instability, public health issues, telecommunications, transportation 
or other infrastructure failure, fire, earthquake, floods, or other natural disasters.  We have taken steps to mitigate the impact of some of these events should they 
occur; however, we cannot be certain that our actions will be effective to avoid a significant impact on our business in the event of a disaster or other business 
interruption. 

If operations at any of our facilities, or our subcontractors' facilities are interrupted, we may not be able to shift production to other facilities on a timely basis, 
and we may need to spend significant amounts to repair or replace our facilities and equipment.  If we experienced business interruptions, we would likely experience 
delays in shipments of products to our customers and alternate sources for production may be unavailable on acceptable terms.  This could result in reduced 
revenues and profits and the cancellation of orders or loss of customers.  While the earthquake off the coast of Japan in March 2011 did not directly impact any of 
our facilities or have a short-term impact on our supply of materials, the longer-term impact on our supply of materials and subcontractors, and the economic impact 
that this event may have had on our customers and licensees, is not yet fully known.  In addition, business interruption insurance will likely not be enough to 
compensate us for any losses that may occur and any losses or damages incurred by us as a result of business interruptions could significantly harm our business. 

We are highly dependent on foreign sales and operations, which exposes us to foreign political and economic risks. 

Sales to foreign customers account for a substantial portion of our net sales.  During fiscal 2011, approximately 80% of our net sales were made to foreign 

customers.  During fiscal 2010, approximately 77% of our net sales were made to foreign customers.  We purchase a substantial portion of our raw materials and 
equipment from foreign suppliers.  In addition, we own product assembly and testing facilities located near Bangkok, Thailand, which has experienced periods of 
political instability in the past, and experienced some instability in Bangkok in May 2010, though the situation in 2010 did not noticeably affect the area in which our 
facilities are located.  We also use various foreign contractors for a portion of our assembly and testing and for a portion of our wafer fabrication 
requirements.  Substantially all of our finished goods inventory is maintained in Thailand. 

Our reliance on foreign operations, foreign suppliers, maintenance of substantially all of our finished goods inventory at foreign locations and significant foreign 

sales exposes us to foreign political and economic risks, including, but not limited to: 

·   political, social and economic instability; 
·   public health conditions; 
·   trade restrictions and changes in tariffs; 
·   import and export license requirements and restrictions; 
·   difficulties in staffing and managing international operations; 
·   employment regulations; 
·   disruptions in international transport or delivery; 
·   difficulties in collecting receivables; 
·   economic uncertainty in the worldwide markets served by us; and 
·   potentially adverse tax consequences. 

If any of these risks materialize, our sales could decrease and our operating results could suffer. 

Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could impact our operating results.  We use forward currency exchange contracts in an attempt to reduce the 
adverse earnings impact from the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on our non-U.S. dollar net balance sheet exposures.  Nevertheless, in periods when the U.S. 
dollar significantly fluctuates in relation to the non-U.S. currencies in which we transact business, the value of our non-U.S. dollar transactions can have an adverse 
effect on our results of operations and financial condition.  In particular, in periods when a foreign currency significantly declines in value in relation to the U.S. 
dollar, such as past declines in the Euro relative to the U.S. dollar, customers transacting in that foreign currency may find it more difficult to fulfill their previously 
committed contractual obligations or to undertake new obligations to make payments or purchase products and customers transacting in that foreign currency may 
find it more difficult to fulfill their previously committed contractual obligations or to undertake new obligations to make payments or purchase products.  In periods 
when the U.S. dollar is significantly declining in relation to the British pound, Euro and Thai baht, the operational costs in our European and Thailand subsidiaries are 
adversely affected. 

16

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Interruptions in our information technology systems could adversely affect our business. 

We rely on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of complex information technology systems and networks to operate our business.  Any significant system 

or network disruption, including but not limited to new system implementations, computer viruses, security breaches, or energy blackouts could have a material 
adverse impact on our operations, sales and operating results.  We have implemented measures to manage our risks related to such disruptions, but such disruptions 
could still occur and negatively impact our operations and financial results.  In addition, we may incur additional costs to remedy the damages caused by these 
disruptions or security breaches. 

The occurrence of events for which we are self-insured, or which exceed our insurance limits, may adversely affect our profitability and liquidity. 

We have insurance contracts with independent insurance companies related to many different types of risk; however, we self-insure for some potentially 
significant risks and obligations.  In these circumstances, we have determined that it is more cost effective to self-insure certain risks than to pay the high premium 
costs.  The risks and exposures that we self-insure include, but are not limited to, certain property, product defects, political risks, and intellectual property 
matters.  Should there be a loss or adverse judgment or other decision in an area for which we are self-insured, then our financial condition, results of operations and 
liquidity may be adversely affected. 

We are subject to stringent environmental regulations, which may force us to incur significant expenses. 

We must comply with many different federal, state, local and foreign governmental regulations related to the use, storage, discharge and disposal of toxic, 
volatile or otherwise hazardous substances used in our products and manufacturing processes.  Our failure to comply with applicable regulations could result in the 
imposition of fines, suspension of production, cessation of operations or future liabilities.  Such environmental regulations have required us in the past and could 
require us in the future to acquire costly equipment or to incur other significant expenses to comply with such regulations.  Any failure by us to control the use of or 
adequately restrict the discharge of hazardous substances could also restrict our ability to ship certain products to certain countries, require us to modify our 
operations logistics, or require us to incur other significant costs and expenses.  Over the past several years, there has been an expansion in environmental laws 
focusing on reducing or eliminating hazardous substances in electronic products.  The European Union and countries such as the U.S., China, Korea and Brazil, have 
enacted or may enact such laws or regulations.  These and other future environmental regulations could require us to reengineer certain of our existing products and 
may make it more expensive for us to manufacture and sell our products.  In addition, over the last several years, the number and complexity of laws focused on the 
energy efficiency of electronic products and accessories, the recycling of electronic products, and the reduction in quantity and the recycling of packaging materials 
have expanded significantly.  It may be difficult for us to timely comply with these laws and we may not have sufficient quantities of compliant products to meet 
customers' needs, thereby adversely impacting our sales and profitability.  We may also have to write off inventory in the event that we hold inventory that is not 
saleable as a result of changes to regulations.  We expect these risks and trends to continue.  In addition, we anticipate increased customer requirements to meet 
voluntary criteria related to the reduction or elimination of hazardous substances in our products and energy efficiency measures. 

Customer demands and new regulations related to conflict-free minerals may force us to incur additional expenses. 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act requires disclosure of use of “conflict” minerals mined from the Democratic Republic of Congo 

and adjoining countries and efforts to prevent the use of such minerals. In the semiconductor industry, these minerals are most commonly found in metals.  As there 
may be only a limited number of suppliers offering “conflict free” metals, we cannot be sure that we will be able to obtain necessary metals in sufficient quantities or 
at competitive prices.  Also, since our supply chain is complex and some suppliers will not share their confidential supplier information, we may face challenges with 
our customers and suppliers if we are unable to sufficiently verify that the metals used in our products are “conflict free.”  Some customers may choose to disqualify 
us as a supplier and we may have to write off inventory in the event that it becomes unsaleable as a result of these evolving regulations. 

17

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Climate change regulations and sustained adverse climate change poses both regulatory and physical risks that could harm our results of operations or affect 
the way we conduct our business. 

New climate change regulations could require us to limit emissions, change our manufacturing processes, obtain substitute materials that may cost more or be 

less available, increase our investment in control technology for greenhouse gas emissions, fund offset projects or undertake other costly activities.  These 
regulations could significantly increase our costs and restrict our manufacturing operations by virtue of requirements for new equipment.  It is possible that new 
permits will be required for our current or expanded operations.  Failure to receive timely permits could result in the imposition of fines, suspension of production, or 
cessation of operations.  In addition, new restrictions on carbon dioxide or other greenhouse gas emissions could result in significant costs such as higher energy 
costs, and utility companies passing down carbon taxes, emission cap and trade programs and renewable portfolio standards.  The cost of complying, or of failing to 
comply, with these and other climate change and emissions regulations could have an adverse effect on our operating results. 

Further, any sustained adverse change in climate could have a direct adverse economic impact on us such as water and power shortages, higher costs for water 

or energy to control the temperature inside of our facilities.  Also, certain of our operations are located in tropical regions, such as Thailand.  Some environmental 
experts predict that these regions may become vulnerable to storms, floods and droughts due to climate change.  While we maintain business recovery plans that are 
intended to allow us to recover from natural disasters or other events that can be disruptive to our business, we cannot be certain that our plans will protect us from 
all such disasters or events.  

Regulatory authorities in jurisdictions into which we ship our products could levy fines or restrict our ability to export products. 

A significant portion of our sales are made outside of the U.S. through the exporting and re-exporting of products.  In addition to local jurisdictions' export 
regulations, our U.S.-manufactured products or products based on U.S. technology are subject to U.S. laws and regulations governing international trade and 
exports, including, but not limited to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, Export Administration Regulations (EAR), and trade sanctions against embargoed countries 
and destinations administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC).  Licenses or proper license exceptions are required 
for the shipment of our products to certain countries.  A determination by the U.S. or local government that we have failed to comply with these or other export 
regulations, or anti-bribery regulations can result in penalties which may include denial of export privileges, fines, civil or criminal penalties, and seizure of 
products.  Such penalties could have a material adverse effect on our business including our ability to meet our sales and earnings targets.  Further, a change in these 
laws and regulations could restrict our ability to export to previously permitted countries, customers, distributors or other third parties.  Any one or more of these 
sanctions or a change in laws or regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

The outcome of currently ongoing and future examinations of our income tax returns by the IRS could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. 

We are subject to examination of our income tax returns by the IRS and other tax authorities for fiscal 2009 and later.  We are currently being audited by the IRS 
for fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010.  We are subject to certain income tax examinations in foreign jurisdictions for fiscal 2004 and later.  We regularly assess the likelihood 
of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes.  There can be no assurance that the outcomes 
from these continuing examinations will not have an adverse effect on our future operating results. 

The future trading price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a variety of factors. 

The market price of our common stock has fluctuated significantly in the past and is likely to fluctuate in the future.  The future trading price of our common 

stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including, but not limited to: 

·   quarterly variations in our operating results and the operating results of other technology companies; 
·   actual or anticipated announcements of technical innovations or new products by us or our competitors; 
·   changes in analysts' estimates of our financial performance or buy/sell recommendations; 
·   changes in our financial guidance or our failure to meet such guidance; 
·   any acquisitions we pursue or complete; 
·   general conditions in the semiconductor industry; and 
·   global economic and financial conditions. 

18

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
In addition, the stock market has from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market prices for many companies 

and that often have been unrelated to the operating performance of such companies.  These broad market fluctuations and other factors have harmed and may harm 
the market price of our common stock.  Some or all of the foregoing factors could also cause the market price of our convertible debentures to decline or fluctuate 
substantially. 

We may not fully realize the anticipated benefits of our completed or future acquisitions or divestitures. 

We have acquired, and expect in the future to acquire, additional businesses that we believe will complement or augment our existing businesses.  The 

integration process for our acquisitions, such as our acquisition of SST, may be complex, costly and time consuming and include unanticipated issues, expenses and 
liabilities.  We may not be able to successfully or profitably integrate, operate, maintain and manage any newly acquired operations or employees.  We may not be 
able to maintain uniform standards, procedures and policies and we may be unable to realize the expected synergies and cost savings from the integration.  There may 
be increased risk due to integrating financial reporting and internal control systems.  We may have difficulty in developing, manufacturing and marketing the 
products of a newly acquired company, or in growing the business at the rate we anticipate.  Following an acquisition, we may not achieve the revenue or net income 
levels that justify the acquisition.  We may suffer loss of key employees, customers and strategic partners of acquired companies.  We may be subject to claims by 
terminated employees, shareholders of acquired companies and other third parties related to the transaction.  Acquisitions may also result in one-time charges (such 
as acquisition-related expenses, write-offs, restructuring charges, or future impairment of goodwill), contingent liabilities, adverse tax consequences, additional stock-
based compensation expense and other charges that adversely affect our operating results.  Additionally, we may fund acquisitions of new businesses or strategic 
alliances by utilizing cash, raising debt, issuing shares of common stock, or other mechanisms. 

While the risks above may be relevant to all of our acquisitions, our April 2010 acquisition of SST was a larger and more complex transaction than our other 

recent transactions and exposes us to greater risks and liabilities than we have encountered in the past. 

Further, when we decide to sell assets or a business, we may encounter difficulty in finding or completing divestiture opportunities or alternative exit strategies 
on acceptable terms or in a timely manner.  These circumstances could delay the accomplishment of our strategic objectives or cause us to incur additional expenses 
with respect to a business that we want to dispose of, or we may dispose of a business at a price or on terms that are less favorable than we had anticipated.  Even 
following a divestiture, we may be contractually obligated with respect to certain continuing obligations to customers, vendors or other third parties and such 
obligations may have a material adverse impact on our results of operation and financial condition. 

In addition to acquisitions, we have in the past and expect in the future to enter into joint development agreements or other business or strategic relationships 
with other companies.  These transactions are subject to a number of risks similar to those we face with our acquisitions including our ability to realize the expected 
benefits of any such transaction, to successfully market and sell any products resulting from such transactions or to successfully integrate any technology 
developed through such transactions. 

We may in the future incur impairments to goodwill or long-lived assets. 

We review our long-lived assets, including goodwill and other intangible assets, for impairment annually in the fourth quarter or whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of those assets may not be recoverable.  Factors that may be considered in assessing whether goodwill or intangible 
assets may not be recoverable include a decline in our stock price or market capitalization, reduced estimates of future cash flows and slower growth rates in our 
industry.  Our valuation methodology for assessing impairment requires management to make judgments and assumptions based on historical experience and to rely 
heavily on projections of future operating performance.  Because we operate in highly competitive environments, projections of future operating results and cash 
flows may vary significantly from our actual results.  No goodwill or long-lived asset impairment charges were recorded in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 or fiscal 2009. 

Our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected if we do not effectively manage our convertible debt. 

As a result of our sale of $1.15 billion of principal value 2.125% junior subordinated convertible debentures in December 2007, we have a substantially greater 
amount of long-term debt than we have maintained in the past.  Our maintenance of substantial levels of debt could adversely affect our ability to take advantage of 
corporate opportunities and could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.  We may need or desire to refinance all or a portion of our 
debentures or any other future indebtedness that we incur on or before the maturity of the debentures.  There can be no assurance that we will be able to refinance 
any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. 

19

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Conversion of our debentures will dilute the ownership interest of existing stockholders, including holders who had previously converted their debentures. 

The conversion of some or all of our outstanding debentures will dilute the ownership interest of existing stockholders to the extent we deliver common stock 
upon conversion of the debentures.  Upon conversion, we may satisfy our conversion obligation by delivering cash, shares of common stock or any combination, at 
our option.  If upon conversion we elect to deliver cash for the lesser of the conversion value and principal amount of the debentures, we would pay the holder the 
cash value of the applicable number of shares of our common stock.  Upon conversion, we intend to satisfy the lesser of the principal amount or the conversion value 
of the debentures in cash.  If the conversion value of a debenture exceeds the principal amount of the debenture, we may also elect to deliver cash in lieu of common 
stock for the conversion value in excess of the one thousand dollars principal amount (i.e. the conversion spread).  There would be no adjustment to the numerator in 
the net income per common share computation for the cash settled portion of the debentures as that portion of the debt instrument will always be settled in 
cash.  The conversion spread will be included in the denominator for the computation of diluted net income per common share.  Any sales in the public market of any 
common stock issuable upon such conversion could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock.  In addition, the existence of the debentures may 
encourage short selling by market participants because the conversion of the debentures could be used to satisfy short positions, or anticipated conversion of the 
debentures into shares of our common stock could depress the price of our common stock. 

Our reported financial results may be adversely affected by new accounting pronouncements or changes in existing accounting standards and practices. 

We prepare our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S.  These accounting principles are subject to 
interpretation or changes by the FASB and the SEC.  New accounting pronouncements and varying interpretations of accounting standards and practices have 
occurred in the past and may occur in the future.  New accounting pronouncements or a change in the interpretation of existing accounting standards or practices 
may have a significant effect on our reported financial results and may even affect our reporting of transactions completed before the change is announced or 
effective. 

Potential U.S. tax legislation regarding our foreign earnings could materially and adversely impact our business and financial results. 

Currently, a majority of our revenue is generated from customers located outside the U.S., and a substantial portion of our assets, including employees, are 
located outside the U.S.  Present U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes have not been provided on undistributed earnings for certain of our non-U.S. 
subsidiaries, because such earnings are intended to be indefinitely reinvested in the operations of those subsidiaries.  In fiscal 2009, President Obama's 
administration announced initiatives that would substantially reduce our ability to defer U.S. taxes including repealing the deferral of U.S. taxation of foreign earnings, 
eliminating utilization of or substantially reducing our ability to claim foreign tax credits, and eliminating various tax deductions until foreign earnings are repatriated 
to the U.S.  Changes in tax law such as these proposals could have a material negative impact on our financial position and results of operations. 

The value of our investments in marketable equity investments could change materially. 

Our investments in available-for-sale marketable securities at March 31, 2011 consist of shares of public company common stock, the value of which is 
determined by the closing price of such shares on the respective markets on which the shares are traded as of our balance sheet date.  The market value of these 
investments was approximately $26.9 million at March 31, 2011.  The stock prices of these securities could materially decrease due to company performance and/or 
market-related activity, negatively affecting the value of these investments.  If we wanted to liquidate these investments at a time in which the stock prices had 
decreased from current levels, our realized return would be materially and adversely affected.  Depending on the number of shares we desire to sell relative to the 
daily trading volume in the shares, in the event we desire to sell our marketable securities, it may take several weeks or months to dispose of our position and our 
efforts to sell could drive down the price of the shares we are selling.   

We may not realize a return on our non-marketable equity investments. 

At March 31, 2011, we had investments of $7.7 million in several privately held companies, including those that we acquired as a result of our SST acquisition 

that SST had purchased to support its strategic initiatives.  These companies range from early-stage companies to more mature companies with established revenue 
and business models.  Many factors are critical to the success of these companies, including product and technology development, market acceptance of their 
products and technology, and efficiency of operations.  If any of these private companies are unsuccessful as a result of these or other factors, we could lose all or 
part of our investment in that company.  Also, if we determine that an other-than-temporary impairment to fair value exists in any of our non-marketable equity 
investments, we will need to write down the investment to its fair value and recognize the related impairment charge. 

20

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Additionally, we may desire to dispose of one or more of these non-marketable equity investments.  However, our investments in these private companies are 
not liquid and we may not be able to dispose of the investments to our advantage or even at all.  Also, for investments accounted for under the equity method of 
accounting, the income or loss we are required to share from the investee's income or loss could affect our earnings.  Gains or losses from equity securities could vary 
from our expectations depending on gains or losses realized on the sale or exchange of securities, gains or losses from equity method investments, and impairment 
charges. 

Credit conditions have adversely impacted our holdings of auction rate securities. 

At March 31, 2011, $12.5 million of the fair value of our investment portfolio was invested in ARS.  Historically, the carrying value of ARS approximated fair value 

due to the frequent resetting of the interest rates.  With the continuing liquidity issues in the global credit and capital markets, our ARS have experienced multiple 
failed auctions.  As a result, we will not be able to access such funds until a future auction on these investments is successful.  

Our ARS have experienced multiple rating downgrades by the major rating agencies.  The fair value of these ARS has been estimated based on market 
information and estimates determined by management and could change significantly based on market conditions.  Based on the estimated values, we concluded 
these investments were other than temporarily impaired and recognized an impairment charge on these investments of $1.6 million during fiscal 2011, $4.7 million 
during fiscal 2010 and $3.6 million during fiscal 2009.  If the issuers are unable to successfully close future auctions or if their credit ratings deteriorate further, we may 
be required to further adjust the carrying value of the investments through an additional impairment charge to earnings. 

The majority of our short and long-term investments are in highly rated government agency bonds and corporate bonds.  Other than with respect to our holdings 

of ARS, we have not experienced any liquidity or impairment issues with such investments.  However, there can be no assurance that credit markets conditions will 
not in the future adversely affect the liquidity or value of our investments in government agency bonds or corporate bonds. 

Item 1B.                 UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

Item 2.                 PROPERTIES 

At March 31, 2011, we owned the facilities described below: 

Location 
Chandler, Arizona 

Approximate 
Total Sq. Ft. 
415,000 

Uses 
Executive and Administrative Offices; Wafer Probe; R&D Center; Sales and Marketing; and Computer and 
Service Functions 

Tempe, Arizona 
Gresham, Oregon 
Chacherngsao, Thailand 
Chacherngsao, Thailand 
Bangalore, India 

379,000  Wafer Fabrication (Fab 2); R&D Center; Administrative Offices; and Warehousing 
826,500  Wafer Fabrication (Fab 4); R&D Center; Administrative Offices; and Warehousing 
489,000 
215,000 
67,174 

Test and Assembly; Wafer Probe; Sample Center; Warehousing; and Administrative Offices 
Assembly and Test 
Research and Development; Marketing Support and Administrative Offices 

In addition to the facilities we own, we lease several research and development facilities and sales offices in North America, Europe and Asia.  Our aggregate 

monthly rental payment for our leased facilities is approximately $0.7 million. 

We currently believe that our existing facilities are suitable and will be adequate to meet our requirements for at least the next 12 months. 

See page 36 for a discussion of the capacity utilization of our manufacturing facilities. 

21

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Item 3.                      LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

In the ordinary course of our business, we are involved in a limited number of legal actions, both as plaintiff and defendant, and could incur uninsured liability in 

any one or more of them.  We also periodically receive notification from various third parties alleging infringement of patents, intellectual property rights or other 
matters.  With respect to these pending legal actions to which we are a party, although the outcome of these actions are generally not determinable, we believe that 
the ultimate resolution of these matters will not harm our business and will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, cash flows or results of 
operations.  Litigation relating to the semiconductor industry is not uncommon, and we are, and from time to time have been, subject to such litigation.  No 
assurances can be given with respect to the extent or outcome of any such litigation in the future. 

Item 4.                      REMOVED AND RESERVED 

22

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
PART II 

Item 5. 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "MCHP."  Our common stock has been quoted on such market since our initial 
public offering on March 19, 1993.  The following table sets forth the quarterly high and low closing prices of our common stock as reported by NASDAQ for our last 
two fiscal years. 

Fiscal 2011 

First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

High 
$30.62 
$31.56 
$36.31 
$38.31 

Low 
$26.61 
$27.60 
$30.46 
$34.72 

Fiscal 2010 

First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

High 
$23.86 
$27.97 
$29.44 
$29.18 

Low 
$19.78 
$21.84 
$23.96 
$25.81 

Stock Price Performance Graph 

The following graph and table show a comparison of the five-year cumulative total stockholder return, calculated on a dividend reinvestment basis, for 

Microchip Technology Incorporated, the Standard & Poor's (S&P) 500 Stock Index, and the Philadelphia Semiconductor Index. 

Cumulative Total Return 
March 2006  March 2007  March 2008  March 2009  March 2010  March 2011 

Microchip Technology Incorporated 
S&P 500 Stock Index 
Philadelphia Semiconductor Index 

100.00 
100.00 
100.00 

100.68 
111.83 
96.27 

96.00 
106.15 
90.68 

65.58 
65.72 
63.02 

91.98 
98.43 
96.93 

129.72 
113.83 
110.29 

Data acquired by Research Data Group, Inc. (www.researchdatagroup.com) 

On May 20, 2011, there were approximately 354 holders of record of our common stock.  This figure does not reflect beneficial ownership of shares held in 

nominee names. 

23

 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
We have been declaring and paying quarterly cash dividends on our common stock since the third quarter of fiscal 2003.  Our total cash dividends paid were 
$256.8 million, $249.6 million and $246.7 million in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively.  The following table sets forth our quarterly cash dividends per 
common share and the total amount of the dividend payment for each quarter in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010.  At the end of our third fiscal quarter, a second cash 
dividend of $0.345 per share was paid in the aggregate amount of $65.0 million which was an acceleration of the dividend that would normally have been paid in 
March 2011 (amounts in thousands, except per share amounts): 

Dividends per 
Common Share     

Aggregate 
Amount of 
Dividend 
Payment 

0.342    $
0.339     
0.340     
0.341     
None    

63,452 
63,908 
64,496 
64,952 
None     

  $

Fiscal 2011 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Third Quarter* 
Fourth Quarter 

Fiscal 2010 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

  $

*This dividend would normally have been paid in the fourth fiscal quarter. 

Dividends per 
Common Share     

Aggregate 
Amount of 
Dividend Payment  
61,991 
62,083 
62,520 
62,963 

0.339    $
0.339     
0.340     
0.341     

On May 5, 2011, we declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.346 per share, which will be paid on June 2, 2011 to stockholders of record on May 19, 2011 and the 

total amount of such dividend is expected to be approximately $65.7 million.  Our Board of Directors is free to change our dividend practices at any time and to 
increase or decrease the dividend paid, or not to pay a dividend, on our common stock on the basis of our results of operations, financial condition, cash 
requirements and future prospects, and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.  Our current intent is to provide for ongoing quarterly cash 
dividends depending upon market conditions and our results of operations. 

Please refer to "Item 12 - Security Ownership Of Certain Beneficial Owners And Management And Related Stockholder Matters," at page 46 below, for the 

information required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K with respect to securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans at March 31, 2011. 

24  

  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
  
Item 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

You should read the following selected consolidated financial data for the five-year period ended March 31, 2011 in conjunction with our consolidated financial 
statements and notes thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included in Items 7 and 8 of this Form 
10-K.  Our consolidated statements of income data for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2011, and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 
2011 and 2010, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.  The statements of operations data for the years 
ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 and balance sheet data as of March 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not 
included herein (for information below all amounts are in thousands, except per share data). 

Statement of Income Data: 

Net sales 
Cost of sales 
Research and development 
Selling, general and administrative 
Special charges (1) 
Operating income 
Gains on equity method investments 
Interest income 
Interest expense 
Other income (expense), net 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes 
Income tax provision (benefit) 
Net income from continuing operations 

Basic net income per common share – continuing operations 
Diluted net income per common share – continuing operations 
Dividends declared per common share 
Basic common shares outstanding 
Diluted common shares outstanding 

Balance Sheet Data: 

$

$

$
$
$

2011 

2010 

Year ended March 31, 
2009 

2008 

2007 

  $

  $

1,487,205 
612,769 
170,607 
227,781 
1,865 
474,183 
157 
16,002 
(31,521)  
1,877 
 460,698 
31,531 
429,167 

947,729 
413,487 
120,823 
167,222 
1,238 
244,959 
--- 
15,325 
(31,150)  
8,679 
 237,813 
20,808 
217,005 

  $

  $

  $
  $
  $

 2.29 
 2.20 
1.374 
187,066 
194,715 

  $
  $
  $

 1.18 
 1.16 
1.359 
183,642 
187,339 

  $

903,297 
386,793 
115,524 
161,218 
6,434 
233,328 
--- 
32,545 
(29,440)  
(4,354)  

 232,079 
(13,508)  
245,587 

  $

  $
  $
  $

 1.34 
 1.31 
1.346 
183,158 
186,788 

  $

1,035,737 
410,799 
120,864 
175,646 
26,763 
301,665 
--- 
54,851 
(9,495)  
2,435 
 349,456 
52,663 
296,793 

  $

  $
  $
  $

 1.43 
 1.40 
1.205 
207,220 
212,048 

1,039,671 
414,915 
113,698 
163,247 
--- 
347,811 
--- 
58,383 
(5,416)
312 
 401,090 
44,061 
357,029 

 1.66 
 1.62 
0.965 
215,498 
220,848 

Working capital 
Total assets 
Long-term obligations, less current portion 
Stockholders' equity 

2011 

2010 

March 31, 
2009 

2008 

2007 

  $

1,434,667    $
2,968,058   
347,334   
1,812,438   

  $

1,407,579 
2,516,313 
340,672 
1,533,380 

  $

1,587,144 
2,405,711 
334,184 
1,490,311 

  $

1,526,649 
2,496,031 
329,409 
1,539,000 

828,817 
2,269,541 
--- 
2,004,368 

(1)   There were no special charges during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007.  Discussions of the special charges for the fiscal years ended March 31, 
2011, 2010 and 2009 are contained in Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements.  An explanation of the special charge for the fiscal year ended 
March 31, 2008 is provided below.   

25

  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
The following table presents a summary of special charges for the five-year period ended March 31, 2011: 

2011 

2010 

Year ended March 31, 
2009 

2008 

2007 

Severance costs and office closing costs associated with 

the acquisition of SST 

Patent licenses 
In-process research and development expenses 
Abandoned acquisition related expenses 
Loss on sale of Fab 3 
Totals 

  $

  $

 1,865    $
---     
---     
---     
---     
1,865    $

 ---    $
1,238     
---     
---     
---     
1,238    $

 ---    $
4,000     
860     
1,574     
---     
6,434    $

 ---    $
---     
---     
---     
26,763     
26,763    $

 --- 
--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 

Fiscal 2008 Special Charge – Loss on Sale of Fab 3 

We received an unsolicited offer on our Puyallup, Washington facility (Fab 3) in September 2007.  We assessed our available capacity in our 
current facilities, along with potential available capacity from outside foundries and determined the capacity of Fab 3 would not be required in the near 
term.  As a result of this assessment, we accepted the offer on September 21, 2007, and the transaction closed on October 19, 2007.  We received $27.5 
million in cash, net of expenses associated with the sale, and recognized a loss on sale of $26.8 million, representing the difference between the carrying 
value of the assets and the amounts received. 

26  

 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
  
Item 7.                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Note Regarding Forward-looking Statements 

This report, including "Item 1 – Business," "Item 1A – Risk Factors," and "Item 7 – Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results 
of Operations," contains certain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, including statements regarding our strategy, financial performance 
and revenue sources.  We use words such as "anticipate," "believe," "plan," "expect," "estimate," "future," "continue," "intend" and similar expressions to identify 
forward-looking statements.  These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements regarding the following: 

·  The effects that adverse global economic conditions and fluctuations in the global credit and equity markets may have on our financial condition and 

results of operations; 

·  The effects and amount of competitive pricing pressure on our product lines; 
·  Our ability to moderate future average selling price declines; 
·  The effect of product mix, capacity utilization, yields, fixed cost absorption, competitive and economic conditions on gross margin; 
·  The amount of, and changes in, demand for our products and those of our customers; 
·  The level of orders that will be received and shipped within a quarter; 
·  Our expectation that we will grow inventory levels in the June 2011 quarter and that it will allow us to maintain short lead times; 
·  The effect that distributor and customer inventory holding patterns will have on us; 
·  Our belief that customers recognize our products and brand name and use distributors as an effective supply channel; 
·  Our belief that deferred cost of sales are recorded at their approximate carrying value and will have low risk of material impairment; 
·  Our belief that our direct sales personnel combined with our distributors provide an effective means of reaching our customer base; 
·  Our ability to increase the proprietary portion of our analog and interface product lines and the effect of such an increase; 
·  Our belief that our processes afford us both cost-effective designs in existing and derivative products and greater functionality in new product designs; 
·  The impact of any supply disruption we may experience; 
·  Our ability to effectively utilize our facilities at appropriate capacity levels and anticipated costs; 
·  That we adjust capacity utilization to respond to actual and anticipated business and industry-related conditions; 
·  That our existing facilities will provide sufficient capacity to respond to increases in demand with modest incremental capital expenditures; 
·  That manufacturing costs will be reduced by transition to advanced process technologies; 
·  Our ability to maintain manufacturing yields; 
·  Continuing our investments in new and enhanced products; 
·  The cost effectiveness of using our own assembly and test operations; 
·  Our anticipated level of capital expenditures; 
·  Continuation and amount of quarterly cash dividends; 
·  The sufficiency of our existing sources of liquidity to finance anticipated capital expenditures and otherwise meet our anticipated cash requirements, and 

the effects that our contractual obligations are expected to have on them; 

·  The impact of seasonality on our business; 
·  The accuracy of our estimates used in valuing employee equity awards; 
·  That the resolution of legal actions will not have a material effect on our business, and the accuracy of our assessment of the probability of loss and 

range of potential loss; 

·  The recoverability of our deferred tax assets; 
·  The adequacy of our tax reserves to offset any potential tax liabilities, having the appropriate support for our income tax positions and the accuracy of 

our estimated tax rate; 

·  Our belief that the expiration of any tax holidays will not have a material impact on our overall tax expense or effective tax rate; 

27

  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
·  Our belief that the estimates used in preparing our consolidated financial statements are reasonable; 
·  Our belief that recently issued accounting pronouncements listed in this document will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial 

statements; 

·  The accuracy of our estimates of the useful life and values of our property, assets, and other liabilities; 
·  The adequacy of our patent strategy, and our belief that the impact of the expiration of any particular patent will not have a material effect on our 

business; 

·  Our actions to vigorously and aggressively defend and protect our intellectual property on a worldwide basis; 
·  Our ability to obtain patents and intellectual property licenses and minimize the effects of litigation; 
·  The level of risk we are exposed to for product liability or indemnification claims; 
·  The effect of fluctuations in market interest rates on income and/or cash flows; 
·  The effect of fluctuations in currency rates; 
·  The accuracy of our estimates of market information that determines the value of our Auction Rate Securities (ARS), and that the lack of markets for the 

ARS will not have a material impact on liquidity, cash flow, or ability to fund operations; 

·  Our intention to satisfy the lesser of the principal amount or the conversion value of our debenture in cash; 
·  Our intention to indefinitely reinvest undistributed earnings of certain non-US subsidiaries in those subsidiaries; 
·  Our intent to maintain a high-quality investment portfolio that preserves principal, meets liquidity needs, avoids inappropriate concentrations and 

delivers an appropriate yield; and 

·  Our ability to collect accounts receivable. 

Our actual results could differ materially from the results anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors including those set forth in 
"Item 1A – Risk Factors," and elsewhere in this Form 10-K.  Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we 
cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.  You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.  We 
disclaim any obligation to update information contained in any forward-looking statement. 

Introduction 

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes that appear elsewhere in this document, 

as well as with other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including "Item 1 – Business;" "Item 6 – Selected Financial Data;" and "Item 8 – Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data." 

We begin our Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) with a summary of Microchip's overall 

business strategy to give the reader an overview of the goals of our business and the overall direction of our business and products.  This is followed by a 
discussion of the Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates that we believe are important to understanding the assumptions and judgments incorporated in our 
reported financial results.  In the next section, beginning at page 33, we discuss our Results of Operations for fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, and for fiscal 2010 
compared to fiscal 2009.  We then provide an analysis of changes in our balance sheet and cash flows, and discuss our financial commitments in sections titled 
"Liquidity and Capital Resources," "Contractual Obligations" and "Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements." 

Strategy 

Our goal is to be a worldwide leader in providing specialized semiconductor products for a wide variety of embedded control applications.  Our strategic focus is 

on embedded control products, which include microcontrollers, high-performance linear and mixed signal devices, power management and thermal management 
devices, interface devices, Serial EEPROMs, and our patented KEELOQ® security devices.  We provide highly cost-effective embedded control products that also 
offer the advantages of small size, high performance, low voltage/power operation and ease of development, enabling timely and cost-effective embedded control 
product integration by our customers.  With our acquisition of SST, we have added Flash-IP solutions and SuperFlash memory products to our strategic focus.  We 
license SuperFlash technology to foundries, IDMs and design partners throughout the world for use in the manufacture of their advanced microcontroller products. 

We sell our products to a broad base of domestic and international customers across a variety of industries.  The principal markets that we serve include 
consumer, automotive, industrial, office automation and telecommunications.  Our business is subject to fluctuations based on economic conditions within these 
markets.  

28

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
Our manufacturing operations include wafer fabrication and assembly and test.  The ownership of our manufacturing resources is an important component of our 

business strategy, enabling us to maintain a high level of manufacturing control resulting in us being one of the lowest cost producers in the embedded control 
industry.  By owning our wafer fabrication facilities and our assembly and test operations, and by employing statistical process control techniques, we have been 
able to achieve and maintain high production yields.  Direct control over manufacturing resources allows us to shorten our design and production cycles.  This 
control also allows us to capture a portion of the wafer manufacturing and the assembly and test profit margin. 

We employ proprietary design and manufacturing processes in developing our embedded control products.  We believe our processes afford us both cost-
effective designs in existing and derivative products and greater functionality in new product designs.  While many of our competitors develop and optimize separate 
processes for their logic and memory product lines, we use a common process technology for both microcontroller and non-volatile memory products.  This allows us 
to more fully leverage our process research and development costs and to deliver new products to market more rapidly.  Our engineers utilize advanced computer-
aided design (CAD) tools and software to perform circuit design, simulation and layout, and our in-house photomask and wafer fabrication facilities enable us to 
rapidly verify design techniques by processing test wafers quickly and efficiently. 

We are committed to continuing our investment in new and enhanced products, including development systems, and in our design and manufacturing process 
technologies.  We believe these investments are significant factors in maintaining our competitive position.  Our current research and development activities focus 
on the design of new microcontrollers, digital signal controllers, memory and mixed-signal products, Flash-IP systems, new development systems, software and 
application-specific software libraries.  We are also developing new design and process technologies to achieve further cost reductions and performance 
improvements in our products. 

We market our products worldwide primarily through a network of direct sales personnel and distributors.  Our distributors focus primarily on servicing the 
product and technical support requirements of a broad base of diverse customers.  We believe that our direct sales personnel combined with our distributors provide 
an effective means of reaching this broad and diverse customer base.  Our direct sales force focuses primarily on major strategic accounts in three geographical 
markets: the Americas, Europe and Asia.  We currently maintain sales and support centers in major metropolitan areas in North America, Europe and Asia.  We 
believe that a strong technical service presence is essential to the continued development of the embedded control market.  Many of our field sales engineers (FSEs), 
field application engineers (FAEs), and sales management have technical degrees and have been previously employed in an engineering environment.  We believe 
that the technical knowledge of our sales force is a key competitive advantage in the sale of our products.  The primary mission of our FAE team is to provide 
technical assistance to strategic accounts and to conduct periodic training sessions for FSEs and distributor sales teams.  FAEs also frequently conduct technical 
seminars for our customers in major cities around the world, and work closely with our distributors to provide technical assistance and end-user support. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

General 

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared 

in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S.  We review the accounting policies we use in reporting our financial results on a regular 
basis.  The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and 
expenses and related disclosure of contingent liabilities.  On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, business 
combinations, share-based compensation, inventories, income taxes, junior subordinated convertible debentures and contingencies.  We base our estimates on 
historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making 
judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.  Our results may differ from these estimates due to actual 
outcomes being different from those on which we based our assumptions.  We review these estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis.  We believe the following 
critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.  We also have other 
policies that we consider key accounting policies, such as our policy regarding revenue recognition to OEMs; however, we do not believe these policies require us to 
make estimates or judgments that are as difficult or subjective as our policies described below. 

29

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Revenue Recognition – Distributors 

Our distributors worldwide generally have broad price protection and product return rights, so we defer revenue recognition until the distributor sells the 

product to their customer.  Revenue is recognized when the distributor sells the product to an end-user, at which time the sales price becomes fixed or 
determinable.  Revenue is not recognized upon shipment to our distributors since, due to discounts from list price as well as price protection rights, the sales price is 
not substantially fixed or determinable at that time.  At the time of shipment to these distributors, we record a trade receivable for the selling price as there is a legally 
enforceable right to payment, relieve inventory for the carrying value of goods shipped since legal title has passed to the distributor, and record the gross margin in 
deferred income on shipments to distributors on our consolidated balance sheets. 

Deferred income on shipments to distributors effectively represents the gross margin on the sale to the distributor; however, the amount of gross margin that we 

recognize in future periods could be less than the deferred margin as a result of credits granted to distributors on specifically identified products and customers to 
allow the distributors to earn a competitive gross margin on the sale of our products to their end customers and price protection concessions related to market pricing 
conditions. 

We sell the majority of the items in our product catalog to our distributors worldwide at a uniform list price.  However, distributors resell our products to end 

customers at a very broad range of individually negotiated price points.  The majority of our distributors' resales require a reduction from the original list price 
paid.  Often, under these circumstances, we remit back to the distributor a portion of their original purchase price after the resale transaction is completed in the form 
of a credit against the distributors' outstanding accounts receivable balance.  The credits are on a per unit basis and are not given to the distributor until they provide 
information to us regarding the sale to their end customer.  The price reductions vary significantly based on the customer, product, quantity ordered, geographic 
location and other factors and discounts to a price less than our cost have historically been rare.  The effect of granting these credits establishes the net selling price 
to our distributors for the product and results in the net revenue recognized by us when the product is sold by the distributors to their end customers.  Thus, a 
portion of the "deferred income on shipments to distributors" balance represents the amount of distributors' original purchase price that will be credited back to the 
distributor in the future.  The wide range and variability of negotiated price concessions granted to distributors does not allow us to accurately estimate the portion 
of the balance in the deferred income on shipments to distributors account that will be credited back to the distributors.  Therefore, we do not reduce deferred income 
on shipments to distributors or accounts receivable by anticipated future concessions; rather, price concessions are typically recorded against deferred income on 
shipments to distributors and accounts receivable when incurred, which is generally at the time the distributor sells the product.  At March 31, 2011, we had 
approximately $208.1 million of deferred revenue and $68.1 million in deferred cost of sales recognized as $140.0 million of deferred income on shipments to 
distributors.  At March 31, 2010, we had approximately $148.4 million of deferred revenue and $49.5 million in deferred cost of sales recognized as $98.9 million of 
deferred income on shipments to distributors.  The deferred income on shipments to distributors that will ultimately be recognized in our income statement will be 
lower than the amount reflected on the balance sheet due to additional price credits to be granted to the distributors when the product is sold to their 
customers.  These additional price credits historically have resulted in the deferred income approximating the overall gross margins that we recognize in the 
distribution channel of our business. 

Distributor advances, reflected as a reduction of deferred income on shipments to distributors on our consolidated balance sheets, totaled $71.9 million at March 
31, 2011 and $57.5 million at March 31, 2010.  On sales to distributors, our payment terms generally require the distributor to settle amounts owed to us for an amount 
in excess of their ultimate cost.  The sales price to our distributors may be higher than the amount that the distributors will ultimately owe us because distributors 
often negotiate price reductions after purchasing products from us and such reductions are often significant.  It is our practice to apply these negotiated price 
discounts to future purchases, requiring the distributor to settle receivable balances, on a current basis, generally within 30 days, for amounts originally 
invoiced.  This practice has an adverse impact on the working capital of our distributors.  As such, we have entered into agreements with certain distributors whereby 
we advance cash to the distributors to reduce the distributor's working capital requirements.  These advances are reconciled at least on a quarterly basis and are 
estimated based on the amount of ending inventory as reported by the distributor multiplied by a negotiated percentage.  Such advances have no impact on our 
revenue recognition or our consolidated statements of income.  We process discounts taken by distributors against our deferred income on shipments to distributors' 
balance and true-up the advanced amounts generally after the end of each completed fiscal quarter.  The terms of these advances are set forth in binding legal 
agreements and are unsecured, bear no interest on unsettled balances and are due upon demand.  The agreements governing these advances can be cancelled by us 
at any time. 

30

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
We reduce product pricing through price protection based on market conditions, competitive considerations and other factors.  Price protection is granted to 
distributors on the inventory they have on hand at the date the price protection is offered.  When we reduce the price of our products, it allows the distributor to 
claim a credit against its outstanding accounts receivable balances based on the new price of the inventory it has on hand as of the date of the price reduction.  There 
is no immediate revenue impact from the price protection, as it is reflected as a reduction of the deferred income on shipments to distributors' balance. 

Products returned by distributors and subsequently scrapped have historically been immaterial to our consolidated results of operations.  We routinely evaluate 

the risk of impairment of the deferred cost of sales component of the deferred income on shipments to distributors account.  Because of the historically immaterial 
amounts of inventory that have been scrapped, and historically rare instances where discounts given to a distributor result in a price less than our cost, we believe 
the deferred costs are recorded at their approximate carrying value. 

Business Combinations 

All of our business combinations are accounted for at fair value under the acquisition method of accounting.  Under the acquisition method of accounting, (i) 
acquisition-related costs, except for those costs incurred to issue debt or equity securities, will be expensed in the period incurred; (ii) non-controlling interests will 
be valued at fair value at the acquisition date; (iii) in-process research and development will be recorded at fair value as an intangible asset at the acquisition date and 
amortized once the technology reaches technological feasibility; (iv) restructuring costs associated with a business combination will be expensed subsequent to the 
acquisition date; and (v) changes in deferred tax asset valuation allowances and income tax uncertainties after the acquisition date will be recognized through income 
tax expense or directly in contributed capital.  The measurement of fair value of assets accrued and liabilities assumed requires significant judgment.  The valuation of 
intangible assets and acquired investments in privately held companies, in particular, requires that we use valuation techniques such as the income approach.  The 
income approach includes the use of a discounted cash flow model, which includes discounted cash flow scenarios and requires the following significant 
estimates:  revenue, expenses, capital spending and other costs, and discount rates based on the respective risks of the cash flows.  The valuation of non-marketable 
equity investments acquired also takes into account variables such as conditions reflected in the capital markets, recent financing activity by the investees, the 
investees' capital structure and the terms of the investees' issued interests. 

We acquired SST on April 8, 2010 in a business combination that is accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting.  We finalized our purchase price 
allocation of SST in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011.  The difference between the purchase price and the fair value of net identifiable assets acquired was recorded as 
goodwill.  Refer to Note 2 for a summary of the April 8, 2010 purchase price allocation. 

Share-based Compensation 

We measure at fair value and recognize compensation expense for all share-based payment awards, including grants of employee stock options, restricted stock 

units (RSUs) and employee stock purchase rights, to be recognized in our financial statements based on their respective grant date fair values.  Total share-based 
compensation in fiscal 2011 was $36.8 million, of which $30.0 million was reflected in operating expenses.  Total share-based compensation included in cost of sales in 
fiscal 2011 was $6.8 million.  Total share-based compensation included in our inventory balance was $3.5 million at March 31, 2011. 

Determining the appropriate fair-value model and calculating the fair value of share-based awards at the date of grant requires judgment.  The fair value of our 
RSUs is based on the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant discounted for expected future dividends.  We use the Black-Scholes option pricing 
model to estimate the fair value of employee stock options and rights to purchase shares under our employee stock purchase plans.  Option pricing models, including 
the Black-Scholes model, require the use of input assumptions, including expected volatility, expected life, expected dividend rate, and expected risk-free rate of 
return.  We use a blend of historical and implied volatility based on options freely traded in the open market as we believe this is most reflective of market conditions 
and a better indicator of expected volatility than using purely historical volatility.  The expected life of the awards is based on historical and other economic data 
trended into the future.  The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates appropriate for the terms of our awards.  The dividend yield 
assumption is based on our history and expectation of future dividend payouts.  We estimate the number of share-based awards that will be forfeited due to 
employee turnover.  Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant effect on reported share-based compensation, as the effect of adjusting 
the rate for all expense amortization after April 1, 2006 is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed.  If the actual forfeiture rate is higher or lower than 
the estimated forfeiture rate, then an adjustment is made to increase or decrease the estimated forfeiture rate, which will result in a decrease or increase to the expense 
recognized in our financial statements.  If forfeiture adjustments are made, they would affect our gross margin, research and development expenses, and selling, 
general, and administrative expenses.  The effect of forfeiture adjustments in fiscal 2011 was immaterial. 

31

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
We evaluate the assumptions used to value our awards on a quarterly basis.  If factors change and we employ different assumptions, share-based compensation 
expense may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the past.  If there are any modifications or cancellations of the underlying unvested securities, we may 
be required to accelerate, increase or cancel any remaining unearned share-based compensation expense.  Future share-based compensation expense and unearned 
share-based compensation will increase to the extent that we grant additional equity awards to employees or we assume unvested equity awards in connection with 
acquisitions.  

Inventories 

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out method.  We write down our inventory for estimated obsolescence or 

unmarketable inventory in an amount equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future 
demand and market conditions.  If actual market conditions are less favorable than those we projected, additional inventory write-downs may be required.  Inventory 
impairment charges establish a new cost basis for inventory and charges are not subsequently reversed to income even if circumstances later suggest that increased 
carrying amounts are recoverable.  In estimating our inventory obsolescence, we primarily evaluate estimates of demand over a 12-month period and record 
impairment charges for inventory on hand in excess of the estimated 12-month demand. 

In periods where our production levels are substantially below our normal operating capacity, such as in the second half of fiscal 2009 and the first half of fiscal 
2010, the reduced production levels of our manufacturing facilities are charged directly to cost of sales.  Approximately $18.6 million was charged to cost of sales in 
fiscal 2009, and approximately $22.3 million was charged to cost of sales in fiscal 2010, as a result of decreased production in our wafer fabs.  There were no such 
charges in fiscal 2011. 

Income Taxes 

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we 
operate.  This process involves estimating our actual current tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items 
for tax and accounting purposes.  These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our consolidated balance sheets.  We must then 
assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income within the relevant jurisdiction and to the extent we believe that 
recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance.  We have provided valuation allowances for certain of our deferred tax assets where it is more likely 
than not that some portion, or all of such assets, will not be realized.  At March 31, 2011, the valuation allowances totaled $50.4 million and consists of state net 
operating loss carryforwards, foreign tax credits and state tax credits.  Should we determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax asset 
in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would be charged to income in the period such determination was made.  At March 31, 2011, our gross deferred 
tax asset was $88.8 million. 

Various taxing authorities in the U.S. and other countries in which we do business scrutinize the tax structures employed by businesses.  Companies of our size 
and complexity are regularly audited by the taxing authorities in the jurisdictions in which they conduct significant operations.  We are currently under audit by the 
U.S. Internal Revenue Service (IRS) for our fiscal years 2009 and 2010.  Fiscal year 2011 is open for examination by tax authorities.  We recognize liabilities for 
anticipated tax audit issues in the U.S. and other tax jurisdictions based on our estimate of whether, and the extent to which, additional tax payments are 
probable.  We believe that we maintain appropriate tax reserves to offset any potential tax liabilities that may arise upon these and other pending audits in the U.S. 
and other countries in which we do business.  If such amounts ultimately prove to be unnecessary, the resulting reversal of such reserves would result in tax benefits 
being recorded in the period the reserves are no longer deemed necessary.  If such amounts ultimately prove to be less than an ultimate assessment, a future charge 
to expense would be recorded in the period in which the assessment is determined.  

Junior Subordinated Convertible Debentures 

We separately account for the liability and equity components of our junior subordinated convertible debentures in a manner that reflects our nonconvertible 
debt (unsecured debt) borrowing rate when interest cost is recognized.  This results in a bifurcation of a component of the debt, classification of that component in 
equity and the accretion of the resulting discount on the debt to be recognized as part of interest expense in our consolidated statements of operations.  Additionally, 
certain embedded features of the debentures qualify as derivatives and are bundled as a compound embedded derivative that is measured at fair value.  Lastly, 
we include the dilutive effect of the shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of the outstanding junior subordinated convertible debentures in our 
diluted income per share calculation regardless of whether the market price trigger or other contingent conversion feature has been met.  We apply the treasury stock 
method as we have the intent and current ability to settle the principal amount of the junior subordinated convertible debentures in cash.  This method results in 
incremental dilutive shares when the average fair value of our common stock for a reporting period exceeds the conversion price per share, which was $29.04 at 
March 31, 2011, and adjusts as dividends are recorded in the future. 

32

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Contingencies 

In the ordinary course of our business, we are involved in a limited number of legal actions, both as plaintiff and defendant, and could incur uninsured liability in 

any one or more of them.  We also periodically receive notifications from various third parties alleging infringement of patents, intellectual property rights or other 
matters.  With respect to pending legal actions to which we are a party, although the outcomes of these actions are not generally determinable, we believe that the 
ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, cash flows or results of operations.  Litigation relating to the 
semiconductor industry is not uncommon, and we are, and from time to time have been, subject to such litigation.  No assurances can be given with respect to the 
extent or outcome of any such litigation in the future. 

Acquisition of Silicon Storage Technology, Inc. (SST) 

On April 8, 2010, we acquired SST, a public company based in Sunnyvale, California, in a merger transaction for $3.05 per share, or a total of $353.8 million, which 
included $295.4 million of cash consideration for the outstanding shares of SST common stock, and $58.4 million of SST shares acquired by us on March 8, 2010.  The 
fair value of the SST shares held by us on April 8, 2010, was equal to the fair value at March 8, 2010, the date the shares were acquired, and we did not recognize any 
gain or loss on such shares.  The SST business acquired included a variety of different business units including a licensing business focused on opportunities in the 
embedded control market, a microcontroller business, a variety of memory businesses and a Wi-Fi power amplifier business.  Our primary reason for this acquisition 
was to gain access to SST's SuperFlash technology and extensive patent portfolio, which we believe are critical building blocks for advanced microcontrollers.  See 
Note 2 of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our SST acquisition. 

The amount of continuing SST revenue included in our consolidated statements of income in fiscal 2011 was $228.3 million.  The operations of SST were fully 
integrated into our operations as of October 1, 2010 and as such, cost of sales and operating expenses were no longer segregated in the third or fourth quarters of 
fiscal 2011.  The amount of continuing SST revenue and earnings included in our condensed consolidated statements of income for the period April 9, 2010 to 
September 30, 2010 was $114.9 million and $17.4 million, respectively. 

Results of Continuing Operations 

The following table sets forth certain operational data as a percentage of net sales for the years indicated: 

Net sales 
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 
Research and development 
Selling, general and administrative 
Special charges 
Operating income 

Net Sales 

2011 

Year Ended March 31, 
2010 

2009 

100.0%   
41.2 
58.8 
11.5 
15.3 
0.1 
31.9%   

100.0%   
43.6 
56.4 
12.8 
17.7 
0.1 
25.8%   

100.0%
42.8 
57.2 
12.8 
17.9 
0.7 
25.8%

We operate in two industry segments and engage primarily in the design, development, manufacture and marketing of semiconductor products as well as the 

licensing of Flash intellectual property.  We sell our products to distributors and original equipment manufacturers, referred to as OEMs, in a broad range of market 
segments, perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and generally require no collateral.  In certain circumstances, a customer's financial condition may 
require collateral, and, in such cases, the collateral would be provided primarily by letters of credit. 

Our net sales of $1,487.2 million in fiscal 2011 increased by $539.5 million, or 56.9%, over fiscal 2010, and our net sales of $947.7 million in fiscal 2010 increased by 

$44.4 million, or 4.9%, over fiscal 2009.  The increase in net sales in fiscal 2011 over fiscal 2010 was due primarily to improving semiconductor industry conditions, 
market share gains in our microcontroller and analog product lines, and an increase in net sales due to the acquisition of SST.  The increase in net sales in fiscal 2010 
over fiscal 2009 was due primarily to improving semiconductor industry conditions and market share gains in our microcontroller and analog product lines.  Average 
selling prices for our semiconductor products were down approximately 1% in fiscal 2011 over fiscal 2010 and were down approximately 7% in fiscal 2010 over fiscal 
2009.  The number of units of our semiconductor products sold was up approximately 54% in fiscal 2011 over fiscal 2010 and up approximately 12% in fiscal 2010 over 
fiscal 2009.  The average selling prices and the unit volumes of our sales are impacted by the mix of our products sold and overall semiconductor market 
conditions.  Key factors impacting the amount of net sales during the last three fiscal years include: 

33

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
· 
· 
· 
· 
· 
· 
· 
· 

global economic conditions in the markets we serve; 
semiconductor industry conditions; 
our acquisition of SST; 
inventory holding patterns of our customers; 
increasing semiconductor content in our customers' products; 
customers' increasing needs for the flexibility offered by our programmable solutions; 
our new product offerings that have increased our served available market; and 
continued market share gains. 

Sales by product line for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows (dollars in thousands): 

Microcontrollers 
Memory products 
Analog and interface products 
Technology licensing 
Other 
Total Sales 

$

$

2011 
1,013,937 
221,219 
177,994 
72,068 
1,987 
1,487,205 

% 

Year Ended March 31, 

2010 

% 

2009 

% 

68.2 
14.9 
12.0 
4.8 
0.1 
100.0 

  $

  $

767,723 
80,158 
99,848 
--- 
--- 
947,729 

81.0 
8.5 
10.5 
--- 
--- 
100.0 

  $

  $

731,648 
89,336 
82,313 
--- 
--- 
903,297 

81.0 
9.9 
9.1 
--- 
--- 
100.0 

Microcontrollers 

Our microcontroller product line represents the largest component of our total net sales.  Microcontrollers and associated application development systems 

accounted for approximately 68.2% of our total net sales in fiscal 2011 and approximately 81.0% of our total net sales in each of fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009.  The 
primary reason for the decrease in our microcontroller net sales as a percentage of our total net sales in fiscal 2011 compared to prior fiscal years is our acquisition of 
SST which resulted in an increase in our memory product and technology licensing sales. 

Net sales of our microcontroller products increased approximately 32.1% in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, and increased approximately 4.9% in fiscal 2010 
compared to fiscal 2009.  The increase in net sales in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 and in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009 resulted primarily from improving 
semiconductor industry conditions in the end markets that we serve including the consumer, automotive, industrial control, communications and computing markets, 
as well as market share gains. 

Historically, average selling prices in the semiconductor industry decrease over the life of any particular product.  The overall average selling prices of our 
microcontroller products have remained relatively constant over time due to the proprietary nature of these products.  We have experienced, and expect to continue 
to experience, moderate pricing pressure in certain microcontroller product lines, primarily due to competitive conditions.  We have in the past been able to, and 
expect in the future to be able to, moderate average selling price declines in our microcontroller product lines by introducing new products with more features and 
higher prices.  We may be unable to maintain average selling prices for our microcontroller products as a result of increased pricing pressure in the future, which 
could adversely affect our operating results. 

Memory Products 

Sales of our memory products accounted for approximately 14.9% of our total net sales in fiscal 2011, approximately 8.5% of our total net sales in fiscal 2010 and 
approximately 9.9% of our total net sales in fiscal 2009.  The primary reason for the increase in our memory product net sales as a percentage of our total net sales in 
fiscal 2011 compared to prior fiscal years is our acquisition of SST’s SuperFlash memory products. 

Net sales of our memory products increased approximately 176% in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, and decreased approximately 10.3% in fiscal 2010 
compared to fiscal 2009.  Excluding the SST memory product sales, our memory product sales  increased approximately 20% in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 
2010.  The increase in net sales in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 was driven primarily by increased revenue due to our acquisition of SST, improving 
semiconductor industry conditions and by customer demand conditions within the Serial EEPROM and Flash memory markets.  The decrease in net sales in fiscal 
2010 compared to fiscal 2009 was driven primarily by global economic conditions and by customer demand conditions within the Serial EEPROM market. 

Memory product pricing has historically been cyclical in nature, with steep price declines followed by periods of relative price stability, driven by changes in 
industry  capacity  at  different  stages  of  the  business  cycle.  We  have  experienced,  and  expect  to  continue  to  experience,  varying  degrees  of  competitive  pricing 
pressures in our memory products.  We may be unable to maintain the average selling prices of our memory products as a result of increased pricing pressure in the 
future, which could adversely affect our operating results. 

34

  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Analog and Interface Products 

Sales of our analog and interface products accounted for approximately 12.0% of our total net sales in fiscal 2011, approximately 10.5% of our total net sales in 

fiscal 2010 and approximately 9.1% of our total net sales in fiscal 2009. 

Net sales of our analog and interface products increased approximately 78.3% in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 and increased approximately 21.3% in fiscal 
2010 compared to fiscal 2009.  The increase in net sales in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 was driven primarily by improving semiconductor industry conditions, 
market share gains achieved within the analog and interface market and increased revenue due to our acquisition of SST.  The increase in net sales in fiscal 2010 
compared to fiscal 2009 was driven primarily by improving semiconductor industry conditions and market share gains achieved within the analog and interface 
market. 

Analog and interface products can be proprietary or non-proprietary in nature.  Currently, we consider more than 70% of our analog and interface product mix to 
be proprietary in nature, where prices are relatively stable, similar to the pricing stability experienced in our microcontroller products.  The non-proprietary portion of 
our analog and interface business will experience price fluctuations, driven primarily by the current supply and demand for those products.  We may be unable to 
maintain the average selling prices of our analog and interface products as a result of increased pricing pressure in the future, which could adversely affect our 
operating results.  We anticipate the proprietary portion of our analog and interface products will increase over time. 

Technology Licensing 

Technology licensing revenue from our acquisition of SST includes a combination of license fees and royalties associated with SST's technology licensed for the 

use of SuperFlash technology, and fees for engineering services. Technology licensing accounted for approximately 4.8% of our total net sales in fiscal 2011. 

Revenue from technology licensing can fluctuate over time due to semiconductor industry and general economic conditions. 

Other 

On February 16, 2011, we acquired Millennium Microtech Thailand (MMT), a provider of assembly and test services for semiconductor manufacturers.  This 

acquisition was done to provide us with assembly and test expansion capabilities.  Revenue from assembly and test subcontracting services performed during the 
fourth quarter of fiscal 2011 accounted for approximately 0.1% of our total net sales in fiscal 2011.  

Distribution 

Distributors accounted for 58% of our net sales in fiscal 2011, approximately 61% of our net sales in fiscal 2010 and 64% of our net sales in fiscal 2009. 

Our largest distributor accounted for approximately 10% of our net sales in fiscal 2011, approximately 12% of our net sales in fiscal 2010 and approximately 14% of 

our net sales in fiscal 2009.  Our two largest distributors together accounted for approximately 14% of our net sales in fiscal 2011, approximately 17% of our net sales 
in fiscal 2010 and 19% of our net sales in fiscal 2009. 

Generally, we do not have long-term agreements with our distributors and we, or our distributors, may terminate our relationship with each other with little or no 

advanced notice.  The loss of, or the disruption in the operations of, one or more of our distributors could reduce our future net sales in a given quarter and could 
result in an increase in inventory returns. 

At March 31, 2011, our distributors maintained 40 days of inventory of our products compared to 41 days at March 31, 2010 and 38 days at March 31, 2009.  Over 
the past three fiscal years, the days of inventory maintained by our distributors have fluctuated between approximately 31 days and 42 days.  We do not believe that 
inventory holding patterns at our distributors will materially impact our net sales, due to the fact that we recognize revenue based on sell-through for all of our 
distributors. 

Sales by Geography 

Sales by geography for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows (dollars in thousands): 

Americas 
Europe 
Asia 
Total Sales 

2011 

310,735 
334,911 
841,559 
1,487,205 

$

$

% 

Year Ended March 31, 

2010 

% 

2009 

% 

20.9 
22.5 
56.6 
100.0 

  $

  $

231,398 
237,354 
478,977 
947,729 

24.4 
25.1 
50.5 
100.0 

  $

  $

228,922 
257,407 
416,968 
903,297 

25.3 
28.5 
46.2 
100.0 

35

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Our sales to foreign customers have been predominately in Asia and Europe, which we attribute to the manufacturing strength in those areas for automotive, 
communications, computing, consumer and industrial control products.  Americas sales include sales to customers in the U.S., Canada, Central America and South 
America. 

Sales to foreign customers accounted for approximately 80% of our net sales in fiscal 2011, approximately 77% of our net sales in fiscal 2010 and approximately 

75% of our net sales in fiscal 2009.  Substantially all of our foreign sales are U.S. dollar denominated.  The primary reason our sales to customers in Asia increased in 
fiscal 2011 compared to prior periods was due to our acquisition of SST whose sales are more heavily weighted to Asian customers compared to the rest of our 
business.  Further, sales to customers in Asia have generally increased over time due to many of our customers transitioning their manufacturing operations to Asia 
and growth in demand from the emerging Asian market.  Our sales force in the Americas and Europe supports a significant portion of the design activity for products 
which are ultimately shipped to Asia. 

Sales to customers in China, including Hong Kong, accounted for approximately 25% of our net sales in each of fiscal 2011 and 2010 and approximately 23% of 
our net sales in fiscal 2009.  Sales to customers in Taiwan accounted for approximately 13% of our net sales in fiscal 2011 and approximately 10% of our net sales in 
fiscal 2010.  We did not have sales into any other countries that exceeded 10% of our net sales during the last three fiscal years. 

Gross Profit 

Our gross profit was $874.4 million in fiscal 2011, $534.2 million in fiscal 2010 and $516.5 million in fiscal 2009.  Gross profit as a percent of sales was 58.8% in fiscal 

2011, 56.4% in fiscal 2010 and 57.2% in fiscal 2009. 

The most significant factors affecting our gross profit percentage in the periods covered by this report were: 

·   production levels being at or above the range of normal capacity levels in the first half of fiscal 2009, the second half of fiscal 2010 and all of fiscal 
2011, compared to production levels being below the range of our normal capacity, resulting in under absorption of fixed costs, in the second half 
of fiscal 2009 and the first half of fiscal 2010; 

·   the addition of licensing and SuperFlash Memory revenue in fiscal 2011 as a result of our acquisition of SST; and 
·   fluctuations in the product mix of microcontrollers, proprietary and non-proprietary analog products and Serial EEPROM products. 

Other factors that impacted our gross profit percentage in the periods covered by this report include: 

·   for each of fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2009, inventory write-downs being higher than the gross margin impact of sales of inventory that was previously 

written down; 

·   continual cost reductions in wafer fabrication and assembly and test manufacturing, such as new manufacturing technologies and more efficient 

manufacturing techniques; and 

·   lower depreciation as a percentage of cost of sales. 

We adjust our wafer fabrication and assembly and test capacity utilization as required to respond to actual and anticipated business and industry-related 
conditions.  Our wafer fabrication facilities operated at or above normal capacity levels, which we typically consider to be 90% to 95% of the actual capacity of the 
installed equipment, during the first half of fiscal 2009, the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 and all of fiscal 2011.  However, during the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 
2009, we reduced wafer starts at both Fab 2 and Fab 4 and implemented rotating unpaid time off at both fabrication facilities.  The reduction in wafer starts and 
rotating unpaid time off were implemented to help control inventory levels due to adverse economic conditions in the markets we serve.  Reduced levels of 
production continued into the third quarter of fiscal 2010.  As a result of decreased production in our wafer fabs, approximately $22.3 million was charged to cost of 
sales in fiscal 2010 and approximately $18.6 million was charged to cost of sales in fiscal 2009.  There were no such charges in fiscal 2011.  In the future, if production 
levels are below normal capacity, we will charge cost of sales for the unabsorbed capacity.  During the first half of fiscal 2010, we operated at levels below the total 
operating capacity of our Thailand facility due to adverse business conditions.  During the second half of fiscal 2010 and all of fiscal 2011, as business conditions 
improved, we operated at normal levels of capacity at our Thailand facility, and we selectively increased our assembly and test capacity at such facility. 

The process technologies utilized in our wafer fabs impact our gross margins.  Fab 2 currently utilizes various manufacturing process technologies, but 
predominantly utilizes our 0.5 to 1.0 micron processes.  Fab 4 predominantly utilizes our 0.22 to 0.5 micron processes.  We continue to transition products to more 
advanced process technologies to reduce future manufacturing costs.  All of our production has been on 8-inch wafers during the periods covered by this report. 

36

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Our overall inventory levels were $180.8 million at March 31, 2011, compared to $116.6 million at March 31, 2010 and $131.5 million at March 31, 2009.  We 
maintained 107 days of inventory on our balance sheet at March 31, 2011 compared to 97 days of inventory at March 31, 2010 and 134 days at March 31, 2009.  Our 
inventory levels at March 31, 2011 were at the lower end of the range we have experienced over the past three years.  We expect to grow inventory levels in the June 
2011 quarter to allow us to maintain short lead times and support our customers' delivery requirements.  

We anticipate that our gross margins will fluctuate over time, driven primarily by capacity utilization levels, the overall product mix of microcontroller, analog and 

interface, memory products and technology licensing revenue and the percentage of net sales of each of these products in a particular quarter, as well as 
manufacturing yields, fixed cost absorption, and competitive and economic conditions in the markets we serve. 

At March 31, 2011, approximately 61% of our assembly requirements were performed in our Thailand facility, compared to approximately 65% at March 31, 2010 

and approximately 77% at March 31, 2009.  The percentage of our assembly work that is performed internally fluctuates over time based on supply and demand 
conditions in the semiconductor industry and our internal capacity capabilities.  Third-party contractors located in Asia perform the balance of our assembly 
operations.  At March 31, 2011, approximately 88% of our test requirements were performed in our Thailand facility compared to substantially all of our test 
requirements being performed in our Thailand facility in fiscal years 2010 and 2009.  We believe that the assembly and test operations performed at our Thailand 
facility provide us with significant cost savings when compared to contractor assembly and test costs, as well as increased control over these portions of the 
manufacturing process.  The primary reason for the decrease in the portion of assembly and test operations performed in our Thailand facility in fiscal 2011 compared 
to each of fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 was due to our acquisition of SST which had outsourced 100% of its assembly and test operations prior to being acquired by 
Microchip.  We are bringing a portion of SST's assembly and test volume into our Thailand facilities over time. 

We rely on outside wafer foundries for a portion of our wafer fabrication requirements.  As a result of our acquisition of SST, we have become more reliant on 

outside foundries for our wafer fabrication requirements.  In fiscal 2011, approximately 20% of our total net sales related to products which were purchased from 
outside wafer foundries. 

Our use of third parties involves some reduction in our level of control over the portions of our business that we subcontract.  While we review the quality, 

delivery and cost performance of our third-party contractors, our future operating results could suffer if any third-party contractor is unable to maintain 
manufacturing yields, assembly and test yields and costs at approximately their current levels. 

Research and Development (R&D) 

R&D expenses for fiscal 2011 were $170.6 million, or 11.5% of sales, compared to $120.8 million, or 12.8% of sales, for fiscal 2010 and $115.5 million, or 12.8% of 

sales, for fiscal 2009.  We are committed to investing in new and enhanced products, including development systems software, and in our design and manufacturing 
process technologies.  We believe these investments are significant factors in maintaining our competitive position.  R&D costs are expensed as incurred.  Assets 
purchased to support our ongoing research and development activities are capitalized when related to products which have achieved technological feasibility or that 
have alternative future uses and are amortized over their expected useful lives.  R&D expenses include labor, depreciation, masks, prototype wafers, and expenses for 
the development of process technologies, new packages, and software to support new products and design environments. 

R&D expenses increased $49.8 million, or 41.2%, for fiscal 2011 over fiscal 2010.  The primary reasons for the dollar increase in R&D costs in fiscal 2011 compared 
to fiscal 2010 were higher salary and bonus costs and additional costs from our acquisition of SST.  R&D expenses increased $5.3 million, or 4.6%, for fiscal 2010 over 
fiscal 2009.  The primary reasons for the dollar increase in R&D costs in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009 were higher salary and bonus costs related to restoring 
previous reductions in compensation programs due to improving business conditions. 

Selling, General and Administrative 

Selling, general and administrative expenses for fiscal 2011 were $227.8 million, or 15.3% of sales, compared to $167.2 million, or 17.7% of sales, for fiscal 2010, and 

$161.2 million, or 17.9% of sales, for fiscal 2009.  Selling, general and administrative expenses include salary expenses related to field sales, marketing and 
administrative personnel, advertising and promotional expenditures and legal expenses.  Selling, general and administrative expenses also include costs related to our 
direct sales force and field applications engineers who work in sales offices worldwide to stimulate demand by assisting customers in the selection and use of our 
products. 

37

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $60.6 million, or 36.2%, for fiscal 2011 over fiscal 2010.  The primary reasons for the dollar increase in 

selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2011 over fiscal 2010 were higher salary and bonus costs and additional costs from our acquisition of 
SST.  Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $6.0 million, or 3.7%, for fiscal 2010 over fiscal 2009.  The primary reasons for the dollar increase in 
selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2010 over fiscal 2009 were higher salary and bonus costs related to restoring previous reductions in 
compensation programs due to improving business conditions. 

Selling, general and administrative expenses fluctuate over time, primarily due to revenue and operating expense investment levels. 

Special Charges 

SST Acquisition 

During fiscal 2011, we incurred $1.9 million of severance-related and office closure costs associated with our acquisition of SST. 

Patent Licenses 

During the first quarter of fiscal 2010, we agreed to the terms of a patent license with an unrelated third party and signed an agreement on July 9, 2009.  The 
patent license settled alleged infringement claims.  The total payment made to the third-party in July 2009 was $1.4 million, $1.2 million of which was expensed in the 
first quarter of fiscal 2010 and the remaining $0.2 million was recorded as a prepaid royalty that was amortized over the remaining life of the patent, which expired in 
June 2010. 

We entered into a patent portfolio license effective March 31, 2009 with an unrelated third-party that covered both issued patents and patent applications and 
settled alleged infringement claims.  The total payment made to the third-party was $8.25 million, $4.0 million of which was expensed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 
and the remaining $4.25 million of which was recorded as a prepaid royalty that will be amortized over the life of the patents.  We entered into another agreement with 
the same unrelated third party in March 2011 and $2.75 million was paid covering patent applications for future technology to be licensed.  The $2.75 million was 
recorded as a prepaid royalty that will be amortized over the life of the patents. 

Expenses Associated with the Abandonment of the Atmel Acquisition 

On October 2, 2008, we and ON Semiconductor Corporation announced that we had sent a proposal to the Board of Directors of Atmel Corporation to acquire 
Atmel for $5.00 per share in cash or a total of approximately $2.3 billion.  On October 29, 2008, Atmel announced that its Board of Directors had determined that the 
unsolicited proposal was inadequate.  On February 10, 2009, we announced our termination of our consideration of a potential transaction with Atmel in light of the 
economic uncertainty and the lack of visibility with respect to Atmel's business not allowing us to put a value on Atmel.  In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, we 
expensed $1.6 million of various costs associated with the terminated proposal. 

In-Process Research and Development 

During the third quarter of fiscal 2009, we completed our acquisition of Hampshire Company, a leader in the large format touch screen controller market.  As a 

result of the acquisition, we incurred a $0.5 million in-process research and development charge in the third quarter of fiscal 2009. 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, we completed the acquisition of HI-TECH Software, a provider of software development tools and compilers. As a result 

of the acquisition, we incurred a $0.2 million in-process research and development charge in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009. 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, we completed our acquisition of R&E International, a leader in developing innovative integrated circuits for smoke and 
carbon monoxide detectors and other life-safety systems.  As a result of the acquisition, we incurred a $0.2 million in-process research and development charge in the 
fourth quarter of fiscal 2009. 

38

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Other Income (Expense) 

Interest income in fiscal 2011 increased to $16.0 million from $15.3 million in fiscal 2010.  Interest income in fiscal 2010 decreased to $15.3 million from $32.5 million 

in fiscal 2009.  The primary reason for the increase in interest income in fiscal 2011 over fiscal 2010 was a higher rate of return realized on certain of our 
investments.  The primary reason for the decrease in interest income in fiscal 2010  over fiscal 2009 was lower interest rates on our short-term investments.  Interest 
expense related to our 2.125% junior subordinated convertible debentures in fiscal 2011 was $31.5 million, compared to $31.2 million in fiscal 2010 and $29.4 million in 
fiscal 2009.  Other income, net in fiscal 2011 was $1.9 million compared to other income, net of $8.7 million in fiscal 2010 and other expense, net of $4.4 million in fiscal 
2009.  The decrease in other income, net during fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 primarily relates to $7.5 million of gains on trading securities during fiscal 
2010.  The increase in other income, net in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009 primarily relates to $7.5 million of gains on trading securities during fiscal 2010 compared 
to $7.3 million of losses on trading securities during fiscal 2009.  These gains and losses were a result of market fluctuations in the value of certain strategic 
investments in publicly traded companies, which we classified as trading securities.  There were no such gains or losses in fiscal 2011. 

Provision for Income Taxes 

Provisions for income taxes reflect tax on our foreign earnings and federal and state tax on our U.S. earnings.  Our effective tax rate on income from continuing 
operations was 6.8% in fiscal 2011, our effective tax rate was 8.8% in fiscal 2010 and our effective tax benefit was 5.8% in fiscal 2009.  Excluding one-time tax events, 
our effective tax rate is lower than statutory rates in the U.S. primarily due to our mix of earnings in foreign jurisdictions with lower tax rates, changes in tax 
regulations and the reinstatement of the R&D tax credit in the third quarter of fiscal 2011.  Our effective tax rate in fiscal 2011 includes a $24.4 million benefit related to 
various items including a settlement with the IRS for our fiscal 2006 through fiscal 2008 tax audits, the expiration of the statute of limitations on various tax reserves, 
and a charge related to a corporate restructuring.  This benefit reduced our effective tax rate from continuing operations by 5.4 percentage points to an effective tax 
rate of 6.8%.  Our effective tax rate in fiscal 2010 includes a $8.5 million U.S. tax benefit related to our settlement with the IRS for our fiscal 2002 through fiscal 2004 tax 
audits.  This benefit reduced our effective tax rate by 3.6 percentage points to an effective tax rate of 8.8%.  Our effective tax rate in fiscal 2009 includes a $16.9 million 
U.S. tax benefit related to our settlement with the IRS for our fiscal 2005 tax audit and a $33.0 million tax reserve release associated with a favorable clarification of tax 
regulations which had an ongoing benefit on our effective tax rate.  Combined, these tax benefits reduced our effective tax rate by 21.5 percentage points to an 
effective tax benefit of 5.8%. 

Various taxing authorities in the U.S. and other countries in which we do business are increasing their scrutiny of the tax structures employed by 
businesses.  Companies of our size and complexity are regularly audited by the taxing authorities in the jurisdictions in which they conduct significant 
operations.  We are currently under audit by the IRS for our fiscal years 2009 and 2010.  Fiscal year 2011 is open for examination by tax authorities.  We recognize 
liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues in the U.S. and other tax jurisdictions based on our estimate of whether, and the extent to which, additional tax payments are 
probable.  We believe that we maintain adequate tax reserves to offset any potential tax liabilities that may arise upon these and other pending audits in the U.S. and 
other countries in which we do business.  If such amounts ultimately prove to be unnecessary, the resulting reversal of such reserves would result in tax benefits 
being recorded in the period the reserves are no longer deemed necessary.  If such amounts ultimately prove to be less than any final assessment, a future charge to 
expense would be recorded in the period in which the assessment is determined. 

Our Thailand manufacturing operations currently benefit from numerous tax holidays that have been granted to us by the Thailand government based on our 

investments in property, plant and equipment in Thailand.  Our tax holiday periods in Thailand expire at various times in the future and any expiration of our tax 
holidays in Thailand are expected to have a minimal impact on our overall tax expense due to other tax holidays and increases in income in other taxing jurisdictions 
with lower statutory rates. 

Results of Discontinued Operations 

As a result of our acquisition of SST, certain of SST's product lines were marketed for sale based on management's decision regarding them not being a strategic 

fit into our product portfolio.  The discontinued businesses include various memory product lines.  For financial statement purposes, the net assets and results of 
operations for these discontinued businesses have been segregated from those of the continuing operations and are presented in our consolidated financial 
statements as discontinued operations and assets held for sale.  On May 21, 2010, we completed a transaction to sell one of the businesses acquired from SST to 
Greenliant Systems, Ltd.  The sale price in this transaction was determined by management to represent fair value, and accordingly, no gain or loss was recognized on 
the sale of the net assets.  In this sale, we disposed of approximately $23.6 million of assets held for sale, primarily comprised of inventory, property, plant and 
equipment, intangible assets and non-marketable securities.  Consideration in the transaction was in the form of cash and notes receivable from Greenliant Systems, 
Ltd.  On July 8, 2010, we granted an exclusive limited license for certain Serial NOR-Flash products to Professional Computer Technology, Ltd. (PCT).  The license is 
limited to certain industry segments and geographic regions and excludes certain multinational customers.  PCT has no license to sell these products to any other 
industry segment or geographic region other than as set forth in our agreement with them. 

39

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The net loss from discontinued operations in fiscal 2011 was $10.2 million, or $0.05 per diluted share.  Contributing to the net loss from discontinued operations 
in fiscal 2011 was $9.4 million of inventory write-downs related to discontinued operations.  As of March 31, 2011, there were no assets held for sale remaining on our 
consolidated balance sheet. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

We had $1,708.3 million in cash, cash equivalents and short-term and long-term investments at March 31, 2011, an increase of $176.8 million from the March 31, 
2010 balance.  The increase in cash, cash equivalents and short-term and long-term investments over this time period is primarily attributable to cash generated by 
operating activities being offset by dividend payments of $256.8 million during fiscal year 2011, and cash of $112.7 million used to acquire SST, net of cash received in 
that acquisition. 

Net cash provided from operating activities was $582.7 million for fiscal 2011, $452.0 million for fiscal 2010 and $308.7 million for fiscal 2009.  The increase in cash 
flow from operations in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 was primarily due to higher net income in fiscal 2011 partially offset by fiscal 2010 proceeds of $87.0 million 
of trading securities which were sold during that year.  The increase in cash flow from operations in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009 was primarily due to net sales 
of trading securities in fiscal 2010 of $87.0 million, compared to net purchases of trading securities of $73.5 million in fiscal 2009.  The lower net income in fiscal 2010 
was also offset by changes in working capital. 

Net cash used in investing activities was $187.9 million for fiscal 2011, $195.3 million for fiscal 2010 and $19.8 million in fiscal 2009.  The decrease in net cash used 

in investing activities in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 was primarily due to an increase in cash related to changes in our net purchases, sales and maturities of 
short-term and long-term investments being partially offset by cash used to acquire SST and higher capital expenditures in fiscal 2011.  The increase in net cash used 
in investing activities in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009 was primarily due to changes in our net purchases, sales and maturities of short-term and long-term 
investments offset by lower capital expenditures in fiscal 2010 and $58.4 million used on an investment in the common stock of SST at $3.05 per share. 

Net cash used in financing activities was $183.0 million for fiscal 2011, $211.0 million for fiscal 2010 and $330.2 million for fiscal 2009.  Proceeds from the exercise 

of stock options and employee purchases under our employee stock purchase plans were $71.9 million for fiscal 2011, $36.5 million for fiscal 2010 and $33.6 million for 
fiscal 2009.  We paid cash dividends to our shareholders of $256.8 million in fiscal 2011, $249.6 million in fiscal 2010, and $246.7 million in fiscal 2009.  Cash expended 
for the repurchase of our common stock was $123.9 million in fiscal 2009.  No amounts were expended in fiscal 2011 or fiscal 2010 for the repurchase of our common 
stock. 

Our level of capital expenditures varies from time to time as a result of actual and anticipated business conditions.  Capital expenditures were $124.5 million in 
fiscal 2011, $47.6 million in fiscal 2010 and $102.4 million in fiscal 2009.  The higher capital expenditure activity in fiscal 2011 compared to the prior fiscal years was 
primarily driven by increased production requirements to support increases in revenue. Capital expenditures are primarily for the expansion of production capacity 
and the addition of research and development equipment.  We currently intend to spend approximately $125 million during the next twelve months to invest in 
equipment and facilities to maintain, and selectively increase, capacity to meet our currently anticipated needs. 

We expect to finance our capital expenditures through our existing cash balances and cash flows from operations.  We believe that the capital expenditures 

anticipated to be incurred over the next twelve months will provide sufficient manufacturing capacity to meet our currently anticipated needs. 

We enter into derivative transactions from time to time in an attempt to reduce our exposure to currency rate fluctuations.  Although none of the countries in 

which we conduct significant foreign operations have had a highly inflationary economy in the last five years, there is no assurance that inflation rates or 
fluctuations in foreign currency rates in countries where we conduct operations will not adversely affect our operating results in the future.  At March 31, 2011, we 
had no foreign currency-forward contracts outstanding. 

On December 11, 2007, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to 10 million shares of our common stock in the open 
market or in privately negotiated transactions.  As of March 31, 2011, we had repurchased 7.5 million shares under this 10 million share authorization for a total of 
$234.7 million.  There is no expiration date associated with this program.  The timing and amount of future repurchases will depend upon market conditions, interest 
rates, and corporate considerations. 

As of March 31, 2011, we held approximately 29.2 million shares as treasury shares. 

40

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
On October 28, 2002, we announced that our Board of Directors had approved and instituted a quarterly cash dividend on our common stock.  The initial 

quarterly dividend of $0.02 per share was paid on December 6, 2003 in the amount of $4.1 million.  To date, our cumulative dividend payments have totaled 
approximately $1,407.4 million.  During fiscal 2011, we paid dividends in the amount of $1.374 per share for a total dividend payment of $256.8 million.  During fiscal 
2010, we paid dividends in the amount of $1.359 per share for a total dividend payment of $249.6 million.  During fiscal 2009, we paid dividends in the amount of $1.346 
per share for a total dividend payment of $246.7 million.  On May 5, 2011, we declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.346 per share, which will be paid on June 2, 2011, 
to stockholders of record on May 19, 2011 and the total amount of such dividend is expected to be approximately $65.7 million.  Our Board is free to change our 
dividend practices at any time and to increase or decrease the dividend paid, or not to pay a dividend, on our common stock on the basis of our results of operations, 
financial condition, cash requirements and future prospects, and other factors deemed relevant by our Board.  Our current intent is to provide for ongoing quarterly 
cash dividends depending upon market conditions and our results of operations. 

We believe that our existing sources of liquidity combined with cash generated from operations will be sufficient to meet our currently anticipated cash 

requirements for at least the next 12 months.  However, the semiconductor industry is capital intensive.  In order to remain competitive, we must constantly evaluate 
the need to make significant investments in capital equipment for both production and research and development.  We may seek additional equity or debt financing 
from time to time to maintain or expand our wafer fabrication and product assembly and test facilities, or for acquisitions or other purposes.  The timing and amount of 
any such financing requirements will depend on a number of factors, including demand for our products, changes in industry conditions, product mix, competitive 
factors and our ability to identify suitable acquisition candidates.  There can be no assurance that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, and any 
additional equity financing would result in incremental ownership dilution to our existing stockholders. 

Contractual Obligations 

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations at March 31, 2011, and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity 
and cash flows in future periods.  This table excludes amounts already recorded on our balance sheet as current liabilities at March 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands): 

Operating lease obligations 
Capital purchase obligations (1) 
Other purchase obligations and commitments (2) 
2.125% junior convertible debentures – principal and interest (3) 

Total contractual obligations (4) 

$

$

Payments Due by Period 

Total 

  $

30,856 
34,858 
 41,207 
1,802,685 

Less than 
1 year 

1 – 3 years 

3 – 5 years 

More than 
5 years 

  $

8,785 
34,858 
 39,358 
 24,438 

  $

11,778 
--- 
 1,648 
 48,875 

  $

6,307 
--- 
 193 
 48,875 

3,986 
--- 
 8 
1,680,497 

1,909,606 

  $

107,439 

  $

62,301 

  $

55,375 

  $

1,684,491 

(1) Capital purchase obligations represent commitments for construction or purchases of property, plant and equipment.  These obligations were not recorded 
as liabilities on our balance sheet as of March 31, 2011, as we have not yet received the related goods or taken title to the property. 
(2) Other purchase obligations and commitments include payments due under various types of licenses and outstanding purchase commitments with our wafer 
foundries of approximately $37.3 million for delivery in fiscal 2012. 
(3) For purposes of this table we have assumed that the principal of our convertible debentures will be paid on December 31, 2037. 
(4) Total contractual obligations do not include contractual obligations recorded on the balance sheet as current liabilities, or certain purchase obligations as 
discussed below.  The contractual obligations also do not include amounts related to uncertain tax positions because reasonable estimates cannot be made. 

41

  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
  
Purchase orders or contracts for the purchase of raw materials and other goods and services are not included in the table above.  We are not able to determine 

the aggregate amount of such purchase orders that represent contractual obligations, as purchase orders may represent authorizations to purchase rather than 
binding agreements.  For the purpose of this table, contractual obligations for the purchase of goods or services are defined as agreements that are enforceable and 
legally binding on us and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and 
the approximate timing of the transaction.  Our purchase orders are based on our current manufacturing needs and are fulfilled by our vendors with short time 
horizons.  We do not have significant agreements for the purchase of raw materials or other goods specifying minimum quantities or set prices that exceed our 
expected requirements for three months.  We also enter into contracts for outsourced services; however, the obligations under these contracts were not significant 
and the contracts generally contain clauses allowing for cancellation without significant penalty. 

The expected timing of payment of the obligations discussed above is estimated based on current information.  Timing of payments and actual amounts paid may 

be different depending on the time of receipt of goods or services or changes to agreed-upon amounts for some obligations. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

As of March 31, 2011, we are not involved in any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SEC Regulation S-K. 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued new standards for revenue recognition with multiple deliverables. These new 
standards impact the determination of when the individual deliverables included in a multiple-element arrangement may be treated as separate units of accounting. 
Additionally, these new standards modify the manner in which the transaction consideration is allocated across the separately identified deliverables by no longer 
permitting the residual method of allocating arrangement consideration. These new standards are required to be adopted in the first quarter of fiscal 2012. We do not 
expect these new standards to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. 

In October 2009, the FASB issued new standards for the accounting for certain revenue arrangements that include software elements. These new standards 
amend the scope of pre-existing software revenue guidance by removing from the guidance non-software components of tangible products and certain software 
components of tangible products. These new standards are required to be adopted in the first quarter of fiscal 2012. We do not expect these new standards to have a 
material effect on our consolidated financial statements. 

In April 2010, the FASB issued amended accounting guidance for vendors who apply the milestone method of revenue recognition to research and development 
arrangements. The amended guidance applies to arrangements with payments that are contingent, at inception, upon achieving substantively uncertain future events 
or circumstances. The amended guidance is effective on a prospective basis for us for milestones achieved on or after April 1, 2011. We do not expect these new 
standards to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. 

Item 7A.                 QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Our investments are intended to establish a high-quality portfolio that preserves principal, meets liquidity needs, avoids inappropriate concentrations, and 
delivers an appropriate yield in relationship to our investment guidelines and market conditions.  Our investment portfolio, consisting of fixed income securities, 
money market funds, cash deposits, and marketable securities that we hold on an available-for-sale basis, was $1,708.3 million as of March 31, 2011 compared to 
$1,506.6 million as of March 31, 2010, and we had no trading securities balance as of March 31, 2011 compared to $24.9 million in trading securities as of March 31, 
2010.  The available-for-sale debt securities, like all fixed income instruments, are subject to interest rate risk and will decline in value if market interest rates 
increase.  We have the ability to hold our fixed income investments until maturity and, therefore, we would not expect to recognize any material adverse impact in 
income or cash flows if market interest rates increase.  The following table provides information about our available-for-sale securities that are sensitive to changes in 
interest rates.  We have aggregated our available-for-sale securities for presentation purposes since they are all very similar in nature (dollars in thousands): 

Financial instruments maturing during the fiscal year ended March 31, 

Available-for-sale securities 
Weighted-average yield rate 

$

2012 
144,771 

 $
1.79%   

2013 
323,507 

 $
1.69%   

2014 

2015 

2016 

493,296 

  $
1.30%   

---    $
---     

42

    Thereafter   
12,475 

 $

2.28%

--- 
--- 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
At March 31, 2011, $12.5 million of the fair value of our investment portfolio was invested in ARS.  Historically, the carrying value of ARS approximated fair value 

due to the frequent resetting of the interest rates.  If an auction fails for amounts we have invested, our investment will not be liquid.  With the continuing liquidity 
issues experienced in the global credit and capital markets, our ARS have experienced multiple failed auctions.  While we continue to earn interest on these 
investments based on a pre-determined formula with spreads tied to particular interest rate indices, the estimated market value for a portion of these ARS no longer 
approximates the original purchase value. 

The fair value of the failed ARS of $12.5 million has been estimated based on market information and estimates determined by management and could change 

significantly based on market conditions.  We evaluated the impairments in the value of these ARS, determining our intent to sell these securities prior to the 
recovery of our amortized cost basis resulted in the securities being other-than-temporarily impaired and recognized impairment charges on these investments of 
$1.6 million in fiscal 2011 and $4.7 million in fiscal 2010.  If the issuers are unable to successfully close future auctions or if their credit ratings deteriorate further, we 
may be required to further adjust the carrying value of the investments through an additional impairment charge to earnings. 

Investments in Marketable Equity Investments 

Our available-for-sale marketable equity investments at March 31, 2011 consist of shares of public company common stock, the value of which is determined by 

the closing price of such shares on the respective markets on which the shares are traded as of the balance sheet date.  These investments are classified as 
marketable securities and accounted for under the provisions of ASC 320 Investments -- Debt and Equity Securities.  The market value of these investments was 
approximately $26.9 million at March 31, 2011 compared to our cost basis of approximately $26.2 million.  The value of our investments in these securities would be 
materially impacted if there was a significant change in the market price of the shares.  A hypothetical 30% favorable or unfavorable change in the stock prices 
compared to the stock prices at March 31, 2011 would have affected the value of our investments in marketable equity securities by approximately $8.0 million.  See 
Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information about our investments in these marketable securities. 

Investments in Non-Marketable Equity Investments 

We have investments in several privately held companies, including those that we acquired as a result of our SST acquisition that SST had purchased to support 

its strategic initiatives.  These companies range from early-stage companies to more mature companies with established revenue and business models.  These 
companies are dependent upon successful execution of their product and technology development, acceptance of their products and technology in the markets they 
serve, and financial and operational efficiency.  If any of these private companies are unsuccessful in these and other related initiatives, or if there are factors beyond 
their control in the markets which they serve, their performance could be affected materially resulting in a loss of some or all of their value, which would in turn require 
us to determine if an other-than-temporary impairment to fair value exists in such  investments.  If an other-than-temporary impairment of fair value exists, we will need 
to write down the investment to its fair value and recognize the related impairment charge to our income statement.  Our non-marketable equity investments, excluding 
those accounted for under the equity method, had a carrying amount of $5.6 million as of March 31, 2011.  As of March 31, 2011, the carrying amount of our non-
marketable equity method investments was $2.1 million. 

Item 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

The consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1) hereof are filed as part of this Form 10-K.  See also Index to Financial 

Statements, below. 

Item 9. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

None. 

43

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
Item 9A. 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as required by paragraph (b) of Rule 13a-15 or Rule 15d-15 under the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, we evaluated under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our 
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).  Based on this evaluation, our 
Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information we are 
required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (i) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time 
periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms, and (ii) is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief 
Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  Our disclosure controls and procedures are 
designed to provide reasonable assurance that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management.  Our disclosure controls and procedures 
include components of our internal control over financial reporting.  Management's assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting is 
expressed at the level of reasonable assurance because a control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, but not absolute, 
assurance that the control system's objectives will be met. 

Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 

reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles.  Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as 
necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the 
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements. 

Management assessed our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2011, the end of our fiscal year.  Management based its assessment on criteria 

established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Management's 
assessment included evaluation of such elements as the design and operating effectiveness of key financial reporting controls, process documentation, accounting 
policies, and our overall control environment.  This assessment is supported by testing and monitoring performed by our finance organization. 

Based on our assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of the end of the fiscal year to provide 

reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles.  We reviewed the results of management's assessment with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. 

Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, who audited our consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K has issued 

an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting, which is included in Part II, Item 9A. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

During the three months ended March 31, 2011, there was no change in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation 

required by paragraph (d) of Rule 13a-15 or Rule 15d-15 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial 
reporting. 

44  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of 
Microchip Technology Incorporated and subsidiaries 

We have audited Microchip Technology Incorporated and subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2011, based on criteria 

established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO 
criteria).  Microchip Technology Incorporated and subsidiaries' management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for 
its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial 
Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we 

plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material 
respects.  Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and 
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary 
in the circumstances.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 

the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company's internal control over 
financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the 
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of 
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of 
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of 
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with 
the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, Microchip Technology Incorporated and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 

March 31, 2011, based on the COSO criteria. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the March 31, 2011 consolidated 

financial statements of Microchip Technology Incorporated and subsidiaries and our report dated May 31, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

Phoenix, Arizona 
May 31, 2011 

/s/   Ernst & Young LLP 

45  

  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
Item 9B. 

OTHER INFORMATION 

In fiscal 2011, each of Steve Sanghi, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, J. Eric Bjornholt, our Chief Financial Officer, Mitch Little, our Vice 
President, Worldwide Sales and Applications, Steve Drehobl, our Vice President, Security, Microcontroller and Technology Division, and Rich Simoncic, our Vice 
President, Analog and Interface Products Division, entered into trading plans as contemplated by Rule 10b-5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
and periodic sales of our common stock are expected to occur under such plans. 

The foregoing disclosure is being made on a voluntary basis and not pursuant to any specific requirement under Form 10-K, Form 8-K or otherwise. 

Item 10. 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

PART III 

Information on the members of our Board of Directors is incorporated herein by reference to our proxy statement for our 2011 annual meeting of stockholders 

under the captions "The Board of Directors," and "Proposal One – Election of Directors." 

Information on the composition of our audit committee and the members of our audit committee, including information on our audit committee financial experts, is 

incorporated by reference to our proxy statement for our 2011 annual meeting of stockholders under the caption "The Board of Directors – Committees of the Board 
of Directors – Audit Committee." 

Information on our executive officers is provided in Item 1, Part I of this Form 10-K under the caption "Executive Officers of the Registrant" at page 10, above. 

Information with respect to compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is incorporated herein by reference to our proxy 

statement for our 2011 annual meeting of stockholders under the caption "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance." 

Information with respect to our code of ethics that applies to our directors, executive officers (including our principal executive officer and our principal financial 

and accounting officer) and employees is incorporated by reference to our proxy statement for our 2011 annual meeting of stockholders under the caption "Code of 
Ethics."  A copy of the Code of Ethics is available on our website at the Investor Relations section under Mission Statement/Corporate Governance on 
www.microchip.com. 

Information regarding material changes, if any, to procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to our Board of Directors is incorporated by 

reference to our proxy statement for the 2011 annual meeting of stockholders under the caption "Requirements, Including Deadlines, for Receipt of Stockholder 
Proposals for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders; Discretionary Authority to Vote on Stockholder Proposals." 

Item 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

Information with respect to executive compensation is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the caption "Executive Compensation" in our 

proxy statement for our 2011 annual meeting of stockholders. 

Information with respect to director compensation is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the caption "The Board of Directors – Director 

Compensation" in our proxy statement for our 2011 annual meeting of stockholders. 

Information with respect to compensation committee interlocks and insider participation in compensation decisions is incorporated herein by reference to the 
information under the caption "The Board of Directors – Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation" in our proxy statement for our 2011 annual 
meeting of stockholders. 

Our Board compensation committee report on executive compensation is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the caption "Executive 

Compensation – Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation" in our proxy statement for our 2011 annual meeting of stockholders. 

Item 12. 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

Information with respect to securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans is incorporated herein by reference to the information under 

the caption "Executive Compensation – Equity Compensation Plan Information" in our proxy statement for our 2011 annual meeting of stockholders. 

46

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Information with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners, members of our Board of Directors and management is incorporated herein by 
reference to the information under the caption "Security Ownership of Principal Stockholders, Directors and Executive Officers" in our proxy statement for our 2011 
annual meeting of stockholders. 

Item 13. 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

The information required by this Item pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the information under the caption "Certain 

Transactions" contained in our proxy statement for our 2011 annual meeting of stockholders. 

The information required by this Item pursuant to Item 407(a) of Regulation S-K regarding the independence of our directors is incorporated by reference to the 

information under the caption "Meetings of the Board of Directors" contained in our proxy statement for our 2011 annual meeting of stockholders. 

Item 14. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The information required by this Item related to principal accountant fees and services as well as related pre-approval policies is incorporated by reference to the 

information under the caption "Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" contained in our proxy statement for our 2011 annual meeting of stockholders. 

47  

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
Item 15. 

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a)         The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K: 

(1) 

Financial Statements: 

PART IV 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2011 and 2010 

Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the three years in the 
period ended March 31, 2011 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the 
period ended March 31, 2011 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2011 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Financial Statement Schedules 

The Exhibits filed with this Form 10-K or incorporated herein by reference are set 
forth in the Exhibit Index beginning on page 50 hereof, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by this reference. 

(2) 

(3) 

(b)         See Item 15(a)(3) above. 

(c)         See "Index to Financial Statements" included under Item 8 to this Form 10-K. 

48  

Page No. 

F-1 

F-2 

F-3 

F-4 

F-5 

F-6 

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by 
the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Date:  May 31, 2011 

By:  /s/ Steve Sanghi                                                                        

Steve Sanghi 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED 
(Registrant) 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in 
the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Name and Signature 

Title 

Date 

/s/ Steve Sanghi 
Steve Sanghi 

/s/ Albert J. Hugo-Martinez 
Albert J. Hugo-Martinez 

/s/ L.B. Day 
L.B. Day 

/s/ Matthew W. Chapman 
Matthew W. Chapman 

/s/ Wade F. Meyercord 
Wade F. Meyercord 

/s/ J. Eric Bjornholt 
J. Eric Bjornholt 

Director, President and Chief Executive Officer 

May 31, 2011 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

49  

May 31, 2011 

May 31, 2011 

May 31, 2011 

May 31, 2011 

May 31, 2011 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
Exhibit 
Number 

2.1 

2.2 

2.3 

2.4 

3.1 
3.2 

4.3 

4.4 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

EXHIBITS 

Incorporated by Reference 

Exhibit Description 

Form 

File Number 

Exhibit 

Filing Date 

Filed Herewith 

Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of July 18, 2002 between 
Registrant and Fujitsu Microelectronics, Inc. 
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of February 2, 2010 by and 
among Microchip Technology Incorporated, Sun Acquisition 
Corporation and Silicon Storage Technology, Inc. 
Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among 
Microchip Technology Incorporated, Sun Acquisition Corporation 
and Silicon Storage Technology, Inc. 
Amendment No. 2 to Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among 
Microchip Technology Incorporated, Sun Acquisition Corporation 
and Silicon Storage Technology, Inc. 
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant 
Amended and Restated By-Laws of Registrant, as amended through 
January 29, 2007 
Indenture, dated as of December 7, 2007, by and between Wells 
Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, and Microchip 
Technology Incorporated 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2007, by and 
between J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Microchip Technology 
Incorporated 
Form of Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and its 
directors and certain of its officers 
*2004 Equity Incentive Plan as amended and restated by the Board 
on May 5, 2010 
*Form of Notice of Grant for 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (including 
Exhibit A Stock Option Agreement) 
Form of Notice of Grant (Foreign) for 2004 Equity Incentive Plan 
(including Exhibit A Stock Option Agreement (Foreign)) 
*Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units for 2004 Equity 
Incentive Plan (including Exhibit A Restricted Stock Units 
Agreement) 
*Restricted Stock Units Agreement (Domestic) for 2004 Equity 
Incentive Plan 
Restricted Stock Units Agreement (Foreign) for 2004 Equity Incentive 
Plan 
*Form of Global RSU Agreement for 2004 Equity Incentive Plan 
(including Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units) 

8-K 

10-Q 

000-21184 

000-21184 

8-K 

000-21184 

8-K 

000-21184 

10-Q 
10-Q 

8-K 

000-21184 

000-21184 

000-21184 

8-K 

000-21184 

S-1 

8-K 

S-8 

10-K 

10-K 

10-Q 

10-Q 

8-K 

33-57960 

000-21184 

333-119939 

000-21184 

000-21184 

000-21184 

000-21184 

000-21184 

50  

2.1 

2.1 

2.1 

2.1 

3.1 
3.1 

4.1 

4.2 

10.1 

10.1 

4.5 

10.4 

10.6 

10.3 

10.4 

10.1 

7/18/02 

2/9/10 

2/23/09 

3/8/10 

11/12/02 
2/6/07 

12/7/07 

12/7/07 

2/5/93 

8/19/09 

10/25/04 

5/23/05 

5/31/06 

11/7/07 

11/7/08 

9/27/10 

 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Exhibit 
Number 

Exhibit Description 

Form 

File Number 

Exhibit 

Filing Date  Filed Herewith 

EXHIBITS (cont'd.) 

Incorporated by Reference 

10.11 

10.9 
10.10 

*1993 Stock Option Plan, as Amended through August 16, 2002 
*Form of Notice of Grant For 1993 Stock Option Plan, with Exhibit A 
thereto, Form of Stock Option Agreement; and Exhibit B thereto, Form 
of Stock Purchase Agreement 
*Microchip Technology Incorporated 2001 Employee Stock Purchase 
Plan as amended through August 15, 2003 (including Enrollment Form, 
Stock Purchase Agreement, and Change Form) 
*1997 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan, as Amended Through March 3, 
2003 
*Form of Notice of Grant For 1997 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan, 
with Exhibit A thereto, Form of Stock Option Agreement 
10.14  Microchip Technology Incorporated International Employee Stock 

10.12 

10.13 

Purchase Plan, as amended through May 1, 2006 

10.16 

10.17 
10.18 
10.19 

10.15  Microchip Technology Incorporated International Stock Purchase 
Agreement (including attached Form of Enrollment Form) 
Form of Change Form for Microchip Technology Incorporated 
International Employee Stock Purchase Plan 
*Executive Management Incentive Compensation Plan 
*Discretionary Executive Management Incentive Compensation Plan 
*Management Incentive Compensation Plan amended by Board of 
Directors May 10, 2011 
PowerSmart, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, Including Forms of 
Incentive Stock Option Agreement and Nonqualified Stock Option 
Agreement 
*Microchip Technology Incorporated Supplemental Retirement Plan 
*Adoption Agreement to the Microchip Technology Incorporated 
Supplemental Retirement Plan dated January 1, 1997 
*Amendment dated December 9, 1999 to the Adoption Agreement to 
the Microchip Technology Incorporated Supplemental Retirement Plan 

10.21 
10.22 

10.23 

10.20 

51  

10-Q 
S-8 

000-21184 
333-872 

10.1 
10.6 

11/12/02 
1/23/96 

S-8 

333-140773 

4.4 

2/16/07 

10-K 

10-K 

S-8 

S-8 

S-8 

10-Q 
10-Q 

S-8 

S-8 
S-8 

S-8 

000-21184 

10.13 

6/5/03 

000-21184 

10.17 

5/27/98 

333-140773 

333-140773 

333-140773 

000-21184 
000-21184 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

10.4 
10.5 

2/16/07 

2/16/07 

2/16/07 

2/6/07 
2/6/07 

333-96791 

4.1 

7/19/02 

333-101696 
333-101696 

333-101696 

4.1.1 
4.1.3 

4.1.4 

12/6/02 
12/6/02 

12/6/02 

X 

 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Exhibit 
Number 

10.25 

10.26 
10.27 
10.28 
10.29 

10.30 

10.31 

10.32 

21.1 
23.1 
24.1 

31.1 

31.2 

32 

EXHIBITS (cont'd.) 

Incorporated by Reference 

Exhibit Description 

Form 

File Number 

Exhibit 

Filing Date  Filed Herewith 

*February 3, 2003 Amendment to the Adoption Agreement to the 
Microchip Technology Incorporated Supplemental Retirement Plan 
*Amendments to Supplemental Retirement Plan 
*Change of Control Severance Agreement 
*Change of Control Severance Agreement 
Development Agreement dated as of August 29, 1997 by and between 
Registrant and the City of Chandler, Arizona 
Addendum to Development Agreement by and between Registrant 
and the City of Tempe, Arizona, dated May 11, 2000 
Development Agreement dated as of July 17, 1997 by and between 
Registrant and the City of Tempe, Arizona 
Amended Strategic Investment Program Contract dated as of June 8, 
2009 between, Multnomah County, Oregon, City of Gresham, Oregon 
and Microchip Technology Incorporated 
Subsidiaries of Registrant 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Power of Attorney re:  Microchip Technology Incorporated, the 
Registrant 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to  Rule 13a-14(a) of 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act) 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to  Rule 13a-14(a) of 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act) 
Certifications Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant 
to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

 *Compensation plans or arrangements in which directors or executive 
officers are eligible to participate.

52  

10-K 

10-Q 
8-K 
8-K 
10-Q 

10-K 

10-Q 

8-K 

000-21184 

10.28 

6/5/03 

000-21184 
000-21184 
000-21184 
000-21184 

10.1 
10.1 
10.2 
10.1 

2/9/06 
12/18/08 
12/18/08 
2/13/98 

000-21184 

10.14 

5/15/01 

000-21184 

000-21184 

10.2 

10.1 

2/13/98 

6/11/09 

10-K 

000-21184 

24.1 

5/29/09 

X 
X 

X 

X 

X 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Annual Report on Form 10-K 

Item 8, Item 15(a)(1) and (2), (b) and (c) 

_________________________________ 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

EXHIBITS 

_________________________________ 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2011 

MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED 
AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CHANDLER, ARIZONA 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2011 and 2010 

Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2011 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2011 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2011 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

i  

Page Number 

F-1 

F-2 

F-3 

F-4 

F-5 

F-6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of 
Microchip Technology Incorporated and subsidiaries 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Microchip Technology Incorporated and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2011 and 2010, and the 

related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2011.  These financial 
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that 
we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, 
on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and 
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis 
for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Microchip 
Technology Incorporated and subsidiaries at March 31, 2011 and 2010, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three 
years in the period ended March 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Microchip 
Technology Incorporated and subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated May 31, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion 
thereon. 

Phoenix, Arizona 
May 31, 2011 

/s/   Ernst & Young LLP 

F-1  

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts) 

ASSETS 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Accounts receivable, net 
Inventories 
Prepaid expenses 
Deferred tax assets 
Other current assets 

Total current assets 

Property, plant and equipment, net 
Long-term investments 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets, net 
Other assets 

Total assets 

Accounts payable 
Accrued liabilities 
Deferred income on shipments to distributors 

Total current liabilities 

Junior convertible debentures 
Long-term income tax payable 
Deferred tax liability 
Other long-term liabilities 

Stockholders' equity: 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 

$

$

$

March 31, 

2011 

2010 

 $

703,924 
539,572 
181,202 
180,800 
22,234 
88,822 
58,429 
1,774,983 

540,513 
464,838 
76,018 
77,929 
33,777 

492,130 
722,193 
137,806 
116,579 
13,068 
77,810 
51,383 
1,610,969 

493,039 
317,215 
40,338 
35,527 
19,225 

2,968,058 

 $

2,516,313 

 $

68,433 
131,839 
140,044 
340,316 

347,334 
58,125 
399,527 
10,318 

44,238 
60,211 
98,941 
203,390 

340,672 
57,140 
376,713 
5,018 

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding. 
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 450,000,000 shares authorized; 218,789,994 shares issued and 189,541,707 shares outstanding 

--- 

--- 

at March 31, 2011; 218,789,994 shares issued and 185,329,144 shares outstanding at March 31, 2010. 

Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 
Common stock held in treasury: 29,248,287 shares at March 31, 2011; and 33,460,850 shares at March 31, 2010. 

Total stockholders' equity 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity 

190 
1,268,128 
1,428,838 
3,357 
(888,075)
1,812,438 

185 
1,276,822 
1,266,699 
3,032 
(1,013,358)
1,533,380 

$

2,968,058 

 $

2,516,313 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

F-2  

 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
    
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
    
 
  
  
 
    
 
  
 
  
 
    
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
    
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
    
 
  
 
    
 
  
  
 
    
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
    
 
  
  
 
    
 
  
 
  
MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 
(in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Net sales 
Cost of sales (1) 
Gross profit 

Operating expenses: 

Research and development (1) 
Selling, general and administrative (1) 
Special charges 

Operating income 
Gains on equity method investments 
Other income (expense): 

Interest income 
Interest expense 
Other, net 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes 
Income tax provision (benefit) 
Net income from continuing operations 
Discontinued operations: 

Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes 
Income tax benefit 
Net loss from discontinued operations 
Net income 

Basic net income per common share – continuing operations 
Basic net loss per common share – discontinued operations 
Basic net income per common share 
Diluted net income per common share – continuing operations 
Diluted net income per common share – discontinued operations 
Diluted net income per common share 
Dividends declared per common share 
Basic common shares outstanding 
Diluted common shares outstanding 

(1) Includes share-based compensation expense as follows: 

Cost of sales 
Research and development 
Selling, general and administrative 

2011 

Year ended March 31, 
2010 

$

 $

1,487,205 
612,769 
874,436 

 $

947,729 
413,487 
534,242 

2009 

903,297 
386,793 
516,504 

170,607 
227,781 
1,865 
400,253 

474,183 
157 

16,002 
(31,521)
1,877 
460,698 
31,531 
429,167 

(11,126)
(909)
(10,217)
418,950 

2.29 
(0.05)
2.24 
2.20 
(0.05)
2.15 
1.374 
187,066 
194,715 

 $

 $

 $
 $

 $
 $

120,823 
167,222 
1,238 
289,283 

244,959 
--- 

15,325 
(31,150)
8,679 
237,813 
20,808 
217,005 

--- 
--- 
--- 
217,005 

1.18 
--- 
1.18 
1.16 
--- 
1.16 
1.359 
183,642 
187,339 

 $

 $

 $
 $

 $
 $

115,524 
161,218 
6,434 
283,176 

233,328 
--- 

32,545 
(29,440)
(4,354)
232,079 
(13,508)
245,587 

--- 
--- 
--- 
245,587 

1.34 
--- 
1.34 
1.31 
--- 
1.31 
1.346 
183,158 
186,788 

 $

6,825 
12,874 
17,113 

 $

7,054 
12,194 
17,530 

5,845 
10,866 
15,770 

$

$

$
$

$
$

$

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

F-3  

 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(in thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities: 
Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 

activities: 
Depreciation and amortization 
Deferred income taxes 
Share-based compensation expense related to equity incentive plans 
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation 
Convertible debt derivatives – revaluation and amortization 
Amortization of junior convertible debenture issuance costs 
Amortization of debt discount on convertible debentures 
Gains on equity method investments 
Gain on sale of assets 
Unrealized impairment loss on available-for-sale investments 
Special charges 
Sales (purchases) of trading securities, net 
(Gain) loss on trading securities 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable 
(Increase) decrease in inventories 
Increase (decrease) in deferred income on shipments to distributors 
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities 
Change in other assets and liabilities 
Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Purchases of available-for-sale investments 
Sales and maturities of available-for-sale investments 
Purchase of Silicon Storage Technology, net of cash received 
Investment in Silicon Storage Technology 
Investment in other assets 
Proceeds from sale of assets 
Capital expenditures 

Net cash provided by investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Payment of cash dividend 
Repurchase of common stock 
Proceeds from sale of common stock 
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation 

Net cash used in financing activities 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

2011 

Year ended March 31, 
2010 

2009 

 $

418,950 

 $

217,005 

 $

245,587 

106,612 
24,003 
36,812 
(1,854)
(185)
219 
6,847 
(157) 
(89)
4,659 
--- 
--- 
--- 

6,341 
(22,068)
38,781 
(638)
(35,572)
582,661 

(1,008,056)
1,055,286 
(112,707)
--- 
(29,587)
31,668 
(124,454)
(187,850)

90,057 
22,330 
36,778 
(2,094)
230 
215 
6,258 
--- 
(100)
4,750 
1,238 
86,970 
(7,425)

(49,078)
15,239 
15,010 
29,583 
(14,919)
452,047 

(1,576,044)
1,502,127 
--- 
(58,402)
(15,439)
100 
(47,604)
(195,262)

(256,811)
--- 
71,940 
1,854 
(183,017)
211,794 
492,130 
703,924 

 $

(249,556)
--- 
36,478 
2,094 
(210,984)
45,801 
446,329 
492,130 

 $

 $

96,046 
28,111 
32,481 
(6,798)
(944)
215 
5,171 
--- 
(100)
3,560 
860 
(73,510)
6,332 

50,832 
(4,110)
(11,510)
(25,097)
(38,473)
308,653 

(2,479,175)
2,583,152 
--- 
--- 
(21,600)
166 
(102,370)
(19,827)

(246,657)
(123,929)
33,555 
6,798 
(330,233)
(41,407)
487,736 
446,329 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

F-4

  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 
(in thousands) 

Common Stock and 
Additional Paid-in 
Capital 

Common Stock 
Held 
 in Treasury 

Shares 

Amount 

Shares 

Amount 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income 

Retained 
Earnings 

Net 
Stockholders' 
Equity 

Balance at March 31, 2008  

218,790 

 $

1,297,835 

34,451 

 $

(1,061,663)

 $

2,508 

 $

1,300,320 

 $

1,539,000 

Components of other 

comprehensive income: 
Net income 
Net unrealized gains on 
available-for-sale 
investments, net of $1,669 
of tax 

Total comprehensive income 
Issuances from equity 
incentive plans 

Employee stock purchase plan 
Purchase of treasury stock 
Treasury stock used for new 

issuances 

Tax benefit from equity 

incentive plans 

Share-based compensation 
Cash dividend 
Balance at March 31, 2009  

Components of other 

comprehensive income: 
Net income 
Net unrealized losses on 

available-for-sale 
investments, net of $1,778 
of tax 

Total comprehensive income 
Issuances from equity 
incentive plans 

Employee stock purchase plan 
Treasury stock used for new 

issuances 

Tax benefit from equity 

incentive plans 

Share-based compensation 
Cash dividend 
Balance at March 31, 2010 

Components of other 

comprehensive income: 
Net income 
Net unrealized gains on 
available-for-sale 
investments, net of $493 
of tax 

Total comprehensive income 
Issuances from equity 
incentive plans 

Employee stock purchase plan 
Treasury stock used for new 

issuances 

Tax benefit from equity 

incentive plans 

Share-based compensation 
Cash dividend 
Balance at March 31, 2011 

--- 

--- 

1,917 
545 
--- 

(2,462)

--- 
--- 
--- 
218,790 

--- 

--- 

1,955 
605 

(2,560)

--- 
--- 
--- 
218,790 

--- 

--- 

3,591 
622 

(4,213)

--- 

--- 

22,767 
10,788 
--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 
--- 
4,032 

--- 

--- 

--- 
--- 
(123,929)

(90,222)  

(2,462)

90,222 

7,584 
33,367 
--- 
1,282,119 

--- 
--- 
--- 
36,021 

--- 
--- 
--- 
(1,095,370)

--- 

--- 

27,108 
9,370 

--- 

--- 

--- 
--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 
--- 

(82,012)  

(2,560)

82,012 

3,709 
36,713 
--- 
1,277,007 

--- 
--- 
--- 
33,461 

--- 
--- 
--- 

(1,013,358)  

--- 

--- 

57,396 
14,544 

--- 

--- 

--- 
--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 
--- 

(125,283)  

(4,213)

125,283 

--- 

245,587 

245,587 

1,804 

--- 
--- 
--- 

--- 

--- 
--- 
--- 
4,312 

--- 

--- 
--- 
--- 

--- 

--- 
--- 
(246,657)
1,299,250 

1,804 
247,391 

22,767 
10,788 
(123,929)

--- 

7,584 
33,367 
(246,657)
1,490,311 

--- 

217,005 

217,005 

(1,280)

--- 
--- 

--- 

--- 
--- 
--- 
3,032 

--- 

--- 
--- 

--- 

--- 
--- 
(249,556)
1,266,699 

(1,280)
215,725 

27,108 
9,370 

--- 

3,709 
36,713 
(249,556)
1,533,380 

--- 

418,950 

418,950 

325 

--- 
--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 
--- 

--- 

325 
419,275 

57,396 
14,544 

--- 

--- 
--- 
--- 
218,790 

 $

7,523 
37,131 
--- 
1,268,318 

--- 
--- 
--- 
29,248 

 $

--- 
--- 
--- 
(888,075)

 $

--- 
--- 
--- 
3,357 

 $

--- 
--- 
(256,811)
1,428,838 

 $

7,523 
37,131 
(256,811)
1,812,438 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

F-5  

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
    
 
  
   
  
   
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
    
 
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
    
 
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
    
 
  
   
  
   
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
    
 
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
    
 
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
   
  
   
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
    
 
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
    
 
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
    
 
  
   
  
   
  
 
  
MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Nature of Business 

Microchip develops, manufactures and sells specialized semiconductor products used by its customers for a wide variety of embedded control 

applications.  Microchip's product portfolio comprises 8-bit, 16-bit and 32-bit PIC® microcontrollers and 16-bit dsPIC® digital signal controllers, which feature 
on-board Flash (reprogrammable) memory technology.  In addition, Microchip offers a broad spectrum of high-performance linear, mixed-signal, power 
management, thermal management, RF, safety and security and interface devices, as well as serial EEPROMs, Serial Flash memories and Parallel Flash 
memories.  Microchip also licenses Flash-IP solutions that are incorporated in a broad range of products. 

Principles of Consolidation 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Microchip Technology Incorporated and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (Microchip or 
the Company).  The Company does not have any subsidiaries in which it does not own 100% of the outstanding stock.  All of the Company's subsidiaries 
are included in the consolidated financial statements.  All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Revenue Recognition 

The Company recognizes revenue when the earnings process is complete, as evidenced by an agreement with the customer, transfer of title as well as 

fixed or determinable pricing and collectability is reasonably assured.  The Company recognizes revenue from product sales to original equipment 
manufacturers (OEMs) upon shipment and records reserves for estimated customer returns. 

For license and other arrangements for SuperFlash® technology that the Company is continuing to enhance and refine or under which it is obligated to 

provide unspecified enhancements, non-royalty revenue is recognized over the lesser of (1) the estimated period that the Company has historically 
enhanced and developed refinements to the specific technology, typically one to three years (the "upgrade period"), and (2) the remaining portion of the 
upgrade period after the date of delivery of all specified technology and documentation, provided that the fee is fixed or determinable and collection of the 
fee is reasonably assured.  Royalties received during the upgrade period are recognized as revenue based on an amortization calculation of the elapsed 
portion of the upgrade period compared to the entire estimated upgrade period.  Royalties received after the upgrade period has elapsed are recognized 
when reported to the Company, which generally coincides with the receipt of payment.  For licenses or other technology arrangements without an upgrade 
period, non-royalty revenue from license is recognized upon delivery of the technology if the fee is fixed or determinable and collection of the fee is 
reasonably assured.  Royalties are recognized when reported to the Company, which generally coincides with the receipt of payment. 

Distributors worldwide generally have broad price protection and product return rights, so the Company defers revenue recognition until the distributor 

sells the product to their customer.  Revenue is recognized when the distributor sells the product to their end customer, at which time the sales price 
becomes fixed or determinable.  Revenue is not recognized upon the Company's shipment to the distributors since, due to discounts from list price as well as 
price protection rights, the sales price is not substantially fixed or determinable at that time.  At the time of shipment to these distributors, the Company 
records a trade receivable for the selling price as there is a legally enforceable right to payment, relieves inventory for the carrying value of goods shipped 
since legal title has passed to the distributor, and records the gross margin in deferred income on shipments to distributors on the consolidated balance 
sheets. 

Deferred income on shipments to distributors effectively represents the gross margin on the sale to the distributor; however, the amount of gross 

margin recognized by the Company in future periods will be less than the deferred margin as a result of credits granted to distributors on specifically 
identified products and customers to allow the distributors to earn a competitive gross margin on the sale of the Company's products to their end customers 
and price protection concessions related to market pricing conditions. 

F-6

  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The Company sells the majority of the items in its product catalog to its distributors worldwide at a uniform list price.  However, distributors resell the 

Company's products to end customers at a very broad range of individually negotiated price points.  The majority of the Company's distributors' resales 
require a reduction from the original list price paid.  Often, under these circumstances, the Company remits back to the distributor a portion of their original 
purchase price after the resale transaction is completed in the form of a credit against the distributors' outstanding accounts receivable balance.  The credits 
are on a per unit basis and are not given to the distributor until they provide information regarding the sale to their end customer.  The price reductions vary 
significantly based on the customer, product, quantity ordered, geographic location and other factors and discounts to a price less than the Company's cost 
have historically been rare.  The effect of granting these credits establishes the net selling price from the Company to its distributors for the product and 
results in the net revenue recognized by the Company when the product is sold by the distributors to their end customers.  Thus, a portion of the "deferred 
income on shipments to distributors" balance represents the amount of distributors' original purchase price that will be credited back to the distributor in the 
future.  The wide range and variability of negotiated price concessions granted to distributors does not allow the Company to accurately estimate the 
portion of the balance in the deferred income on shipments to distributors account that will be credited back to the distributors.  Therefore, the Company 
does not reduce deferred income on shipments to distributors or accounts receivable by anticipated future price concessions; rather, price concessions are 
recorded against deferred income on shipments to distributors when incurred, which is generally at the time the distributor sells the product. 

At March 31, 2011, the Company had approximately $208.1 million of deferred revenue and $68.1 million in deferred cost of sales recognized as $140.0 
million of deferred income on shipments to distributors.  At March 31, 2010, the Company had approximately $148.4 million of deferred revenue and $49.5 
million of deferred cost of sales recognized as $98.9 million of deferred income on shipments to distributors.  The deferred income on shipments to 
distributors that will ultimately be recognized in the Company's income statement will be lower than the amount reflected on the balance sheet due to price 
credits to be granted to the distributors when the product is sold to their customers.  These price credits historically have resulted in the deferred income 
approximating the overall gross margins that the Company recognizes in the distribution channel of its business. 

The Company reduces product pricing through price protection based on market conditions, competitive considerations and other factors.  Price 
protection is granted to distributors on the inventory they have on hand at the date the price protection is offered.  When the Company reduces the price of 
its products, it allows the distributor to claim a credit against its outstanding accounts receivable balances based on the new price of the inventory it has on 
hand as of the date of the price reduction.  There is no immediate revenue impact from the price protection, as it is reflected as a reduction of the deferred 
income on shipments to distributors' balance. 

Products returned by distributors and subsequently scrapped have historically been immaterial to the Company's consolidated results of 

operations.  The Company routinely evaluates the risk of impairment of the deferred cost of sales component of the deferred income on shipments to 
distributors account.  Because of the historically immaterial amounts of inventory that have been scrapped, and historically rare instances where discounts 
given to a distributor result in a price less than the Company's cost, the Company believes the deferred costs have a low risk of material impairment. 

Shipping charges billed to customers are included in net sales, and the related shipping costs are included in cost of sales. 

Product Warranty 

The Company generally sells its products with a limited warranty related to product quality and a limited indemnification of customers against 

intellectual property infringement claims related to the Company's products.  Due to comprehensive product testing, the short time between product 
shipment and the detection and correction of product failures, and a low historical rate of payments on indemnification claims, the accrual based on 
historical activity and the related expense were immaterial as of and for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. 

F-7

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Advertising Costs 

The Company expenses all advertising costs as incurred.  Advertising costs were immaterial for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. 

Research and Development 

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.  Assets purchased to support the Company's ongoing research and development activities 

are capitalized when related to products which have achieved technological feasibility or that have alternative future uses and are amortized over their 
estimated useful lives.  Research and development expenses include expenditures for labor, share-based payments, depreciation, masks, prototype wafers, 
and expenses for development of process technologies, new packages, and software to support new products and design environments. 

Foreign Currency Translation and Forward Contracts 

The Company's foreign subsidiaries are considered to be extensions of the U.S. Company and any translation gains and losses related to these 

subsidiaries are included in other income (expense) in the consolidated statements of income.  As the U.S. dollar is utilized as the functional currency, gains 
and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions (transactions denominated in a currency other than the subsidiaries' functional currency) are also 
included in income.  Gains and losses associated with currency rate changes on forward contracts are recorded currently in income.  These gains and losses 
have been immaterial to the Company's financial statements. 

Income Taxes 

As part of the process of preparing its consolidated financial statements, the Company is required to estimate its income taxes in each of the 
jurisdictions in which it operates.  This process involves estimating the Company's actual current tax exposure together with assessing temporary 
differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes.  These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which 
are included within the Company's consolidated balance sheet.  The Company must then assess the likelihood that its deferred tax assets will be recovered 
from future taxable income and to the extent it believes that recovery is not likely, it must establish a valuation allowance.  The Company has provided 
valuation allowances for certain of its deferred tax assets where it is more likely than not that some portion, or all of such assets, will not be realized.   

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

All highly liquid investments, including marketable securities purchased with a remaining maturity of three months or less when acquired are considered 

to be cash equivalents. 

Investments – Available-for-Sale and Trading Securities 

The Company classifies its investments in debt and marketable equity securities as available-for-sale or trading securities based upon management's 

intent with regard to the investments and the nature of the underlying securities.  

The Company's available-for-sale investments consist of government agency bonds, municipal bonds, auction rate securities (ARS), corporate bonds 

and marketable equity securities.  The Company's investments are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported in stockholders' 
equity.  Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related available-for-sale security.  Dividend and interest income are recognized 
when earned.  The cost of securities sold is calculated using the specific identification method.  

The Company includes within short-term investments its trading securities, as well as its income yielding available-for-sale securities that can be readily 

converted to cash and includes within long-term investments those income yielding available-for-sale securities with maturities of over one year that have 
unrealized losses attributable to them or those that cannot be readily liquidated.  Except as discussed in Note 5, the Company intends and has the ability to 
hold its long-term investments with temporary impairments until such time as these assets are no longer impaired.  Such recovery of unrealized losses is not 
expected to occur within the next year.  

F-8

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Due to the lack of availability of observable market quotes on certain of the Company's investment portfolio of ARS, it utilizes valuation models 
including those that are based on expected cash flow streams and collateral values, including assessments of counterparty credit quality, default risk 
underlying the security, discount rates and overall capital market liquidity.  The valuation of the Company's ARS investment portfolio is subject to 
uncertainties that are difficult to predict.  Factors that may impact the Company's ARS valuation include changes to credit ratings of the securities as well as 
to the underlying assets supporting those securities, rates of default of the underlying assets, underlying collateral value, discount rates, counterparty risk, 
the ongoing strength and quality of the credit markets and market liquidity. 

The credit markets experienced significant deterioration and uncertainty beginning in the second half of fiscal 2008.  If these conditions recur, or the 

Company experiences any additional ratings downgrades on any investments in its portfolio (including its ARS), the Company may incur additional 
impairments to its investment portfolio, which could negatively affect the Company's financial condition, cash flows and reported earnings. 

Non-Marketable Investments 

The Company's non-marketable equity investments are recorded using adjusted cost basis or the equity method of accounting, depending on the 
circumstances of each investment.  The Company's non-marketable investments are classified within other assets on the Company's consolidated balance 
sheet.  The Company's non-marketable equity investments include: 

Equity Method Investments:  When the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, over the investee, it records equity 
method gain or loss as "gain or loss from equity investments."  Equity method adjustments include the Company's proportionate share of the investee's 
income or loss. 

Cost Method Investments:  When the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence over the investee, it records such investments 

at cost. 

The Company reviews its investments quarterly for indicators of impairment.  The impairment review requires significant judgment and includes 

quantitative and qualitative analysis of identified events or circumstances that impact the fair value of the investment, such as: 

•  
•  
•  
•  

•  

the investee's revenue and trends in earnings or losses relative to pre-defined milestones and overall business prospects; 
the technological feasibility of the investee's products and technologies; 
the general market conditions in the investee's industry or geographic area, including adverse regulatory or economic changes; 
factors related to the investee's ability to remain in business, such as the investee's liquidity, debt ratios, and the rate at which the investee is using 
its cash; and 
the investee's receipt of additional funding at a lower valuation. 

If the fair value of an investment is below the Company's carrying value, the Company determines if the investment is other than temporarily impaired 
based on a quantitative and qualitative analysis, which includes assessing the severity and duration of the impairment and the likelihood of recovery before 
disposal.  If the investment is considered to be other than temporarily impaired, the Company writes down the investment to its fair value.  There were no 
impairments to the Company's non-marketable investments during the quarter ended March 31, 2011. 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required 

payments, which is included in bad debt expense.  The Company determines the adequacy of this allowance by regularly reviewing the composition of its 
accounts receivable aging and evaluating individual customer receivables, considering such customer's financial condition, credit history and current 
economic conditions. 

F-9

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
Inventories 

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out method.  The Company writes down its inventory for estimated 
obsolescence or unmarketable inventory in an amount equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value based upon 
assumptions about future demand and market conditions.  If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by the Company, additional 
inventory write-downs may be required.  Inventory impairment charges establish a new cost basis for inventory and charges are not subsequently reversed 
to income even if circumstances later suggest that increased carrying amounts are recoverable.  In estimating reserves for obsolescence, the Company 
primarily evaluates estimates of demand over a twelve-month period and provides reserves for inventory on hand in excess of the estimated twelve-month 
demand. 

In periods where the Company's production levels are substantially below normal operating capacity, such as in the second half of fiscal 2009 and the 

first half of fiscal 2010, unabsorbed overhead production associated with the reduced production levels of the Company's manufacturing facilities are 
charged directly to cost of sales. 

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost.  Major renewals and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed when 
incurred.  The Company's property and equipment accounting policies incorporate estimates, assumptions and judgments relative to the useful lives of its 
property and equipment.  Depreciation is provided for assets placed in service on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the relative assets, 
which range from 3 to 30 years.  The Company evaluates the carrying value of its property and equipment when events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that the carrying value of such assets may be impaired.  Asset impairment evaluations are, by nature, highly subjective. 

Junior Subordinated Convertible Debentures 

The Company separately accounts for the liability and equity components of its junior subordinated convertible debentures in a manner that reflects its 

nonconvertible debt (unsecured debt) borrowing rate when interest cost is recognized.  This results in a bifurcation of a component of the debt, 
classification of that component in equity and the accretion of the resulting discount on the debt to be recognized as part of interest expense in its 
consolidated statements of income.  Additionally, certain embedded features of the debentures qualify as derivatives and are bundled as a compound 
embedded derivative that is measured at fair value.  Lastly, the Company includes the dilutive effect of the shares of its common stock issuable upon 
conversion of the outstanding junior subordinated convertible debentures in its diluted income per share calculation regardless of whether the market price 
trigger or other contingent conversion feature has been met.  The Company applies the treasury stock method as it has the intent and current ability to settle 
the principal amount of the junior subordinated convertible debentures in cash.  This method results in incremental dilutive shares when the average market 
value of the Company's common stock for a reporting period exceeds the conversion price per share which was $29.04 at March 31, 2011 and adjusts as 
dividends are recorded in the future. 

Litigation 

The Company's estimated range of liability related to pending litigation is based on claims for which management believes a loss is probable and it can 
estimate the amount or range of loss.  Because of the uncertainties related to both the outcome and range of any potential losses on the pending litigation, 
the Company is generally unable to make a reasonable estimate of the liability that could result from an unfavorable outcome.  As additional information 
becomes available, the Company will assess the potential liability related to its pending litigation and revise its estimates, if necessary. 

F-10

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

Goodwill is recorded when the purchase price paid for an acquisition exceeds the estimated fair value of the net identified tangible and intangible assets 
acquired.  The Company is required to perform an annual impairment review, and more frequently under certain circumstances.  The goodwill is subjected to 
this test during the fourth quarter of the Company's fiscal year.  The Company engages primarily in the design, development, manufacture and marketing of 
semiconductor products as well as technology licensing.  As a result, the Company concluded there are two reporting units, semiconductor products and 
technology licensing.  The impairment review process compares the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value.  If the Company determines through 
the impairment process that goodwill has been impaired, the Company will record the impairment charge in its results of operation.  Through March 31, 2011, 
the Company has not had impaired goodwill.  The Company's other intangible assets represent existing technologies, core and developed technology, in-
process research and development, trademarks and trade names, and customer-related intangibles. Other intangible assets are amortized over their 
respective estimated lives, ranging from less than one year to ten years.  In the event that facts and circumstances indicate intangibles or other long-lived 
assets may be impaired, the Company evaluates the recoverability and estimated useful lives of such assets.  In-process research and development is 
capitalized until such time the related projects are completed or abandoned at which time the capitalized amounts will begin to be amortized or written off. 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets 

The Company assesses whether indicators of impairment of long-lived assets are present.  If such indicators are present, the Company determines 
whether the sum of the estimated undiscounted cash flows attributable to the assets in question is less than their carrying value.  If less, the Company 
recognizes an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the assets over their respective fair values.  Fair value is determined by 
discounted future cash flows, appraisals or other methods.  If the assets determined to be impaired are to be held and used, the Company recognizes an 
impairment loss through a charge to operating results to the extent the present value of anticipated net cash flows attributable to the asset are less than the 
asset's carrying value.  The Company would depreciate the remaining value over the remaining estimated useful life of the asset. 

Share-Based Compensation 

The Company has equity incentive plans under which non-qualified stock options and restricted stock units (RSUs) have been granted to employees 

and non-employee members of the Board of Directors.  In the second half of fiscal 2006, the Company adopted RSUs as its primary equity incentive 
compensation instrument for employees.  The Company also has an employee stock purchase plan for all eligible employees. 

The Company estimates the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option pricing model.  The value of the portion of 
the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service periods.  The Company has estimated the fair value 
of each award as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which was developed for use in estimating the value of traded options 
that have no vesting restrictions and that are freely transferable.  The Black-Scholes model considers, among other factors, the expected life of the award 
and the expected volatility of the Company's stock price. 

Determining the appropriate fair-value model and calculating the fair value of share-based awards at the date of grant requires judgment.  The fair value 

of RSUs is based on the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant discounted for expected future dividends.  The Company 
uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of employee stock options and rights to purchase shares under stock participation 
plans.  Option pricing models, including the Black-Scholes model, also require the use of input assumptions, including expected volatility, expected life, 
expected dividend rate, and expected risk-free rate of return.  The Company uses a blend of historical and implied volatility based on options freely traded in 
the open market as it believes this is more reflective of market conditions and a better indicator of expected volatility than using purely historical 
volatility.  The expected life of the awards is based on historical and other economic data trended into the future.  The risk-free interest rate assumption is 
based on observed interest rates appropriate for the expected terms of the Company's awards.  The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company's 
history and expectation of future dividend payouts.  The Company estimates the number of share-based awards which will be forfeited due to employee 
turnover.  Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate would affect share-based compensation, as the effect of adjusting the rate for all expense 

F-11

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
amortization after April 1, 2006 is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed.  If the actual forfeiture rate is higher than the estimated 
forfeiture rate, then an adjustment is made to increase the estimated forfeiture rate, which will result in a decrease to the expense recognized in the financial 
statements.  If the actual forfeiture rate is lower than the estimated forfeiture rate, then an adjustment is made to decrease the estimated forfeiture rate, which 
will result in an increase to the expense recognized in the financial statements.  If forfeiture adjustments are made, they would affect the Company's results of 
operations.  The effect of forfeiture adjustments in the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was immaterial. 

The Company evaluates the assumptions used to value its awards on a quarterly basis.  If factors change and the Company employs different 

assumptions, share-based compensation expense may differ significantly from what was recorded in the past.  If there are any modifications or cancellations 
of the underlying unvested securities, the Company may be required to accelerate or increase any remaining unearned share-based compensation 
expense.  Future share-based compensation expense and unearned share-based compensation will increase to the extent that the Company grants additional 
equity awards to employees or it assumes unvested equity awards in connection with acquisitions. 

Concentrations of Credit Risk 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of investments in debt securities and trade 
receivables.  Investments in debt securities with original maturities of greater than six months consist primarily of AAA and AA rated financial instruments 
and counterparties.  The Company's investments are primarily in direct obligations of the U.S. government or its agencies, corporate bonds, and municipal 
bonds. 

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are generally not significant due to the diversity of the Company's customers and 
geographic sales areas.  The Company had one distributor that accounted for 10% or more of its net sales in the year ended March 31, 2011.  The Company 
sells its products primarily to OEMs and distributors in the Americas, Europe and Asia.  The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers' 
financial condition and, as deemed necessary, may require collateral, primarily letters of credit.  No single end customer accounted for 10% or more of the 
Company's net sales or accounts receivable balances during the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.  See Note 20, Geographic and Segment 
Information, for additional information on the Company's largest distributors. 

Distributor advances, included in deferred income on shipments to distributors in the consolidated balance sheets, totaled $71.9 million at March 31, 
2011 and $57.5 million at March 31, 2010.  On sales to distributors, the Company's payment terms generally require the distributor to settle amounts owed to 
the Company for an amount in excess of their ultimate cost.  The Company's sales price to its distributors may be higher than the amount that the 
distributors will ultimately owe the Company because distributors often negotiate price reductions after purchasing the product from the Company and such 
reductions are often significant.  It is the Company's practice to apply these negotiated price discounts to future purchases, requiring the distributor to settle 
receivable balances, on a current basis, generally within 30 days, for amounts originally invoiced.  This practice has an adverse impact on the working capital 
of the Company's distributors.  As such, the Company has entered into agreements with certain distributors whereby it advances cash to the distributors to 
reduce the distributor's working capital requirements.  These advances are reconciled at least on a quarterly basis and are estimated based on the amount of 
ending inventory as reported by the distributor multiplied by a negotiated percentage.  Such advances have no impact on revenue recognition or the 
Company's consolidated statements of income.  The Company processes discounts taken by distributors against its deferred income on shipments to 
distributors' balance and trues-up the advanced amounts generally after the end of each completed fiscal quarter.  The terms of these advances are set forth 
in binding legal agreements and are unsecured, bear no interest on unsettled balances and are due upon demand.  The agreements governing these 
advances can be cancelled by the Company at any time. 

Use of Estimates 

The Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure 

of contingent assets and liabilities to prepare its consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting 
Principles.  Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

F-12

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Adopted and Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued new standards for revenue recognition with multiple deliverables. These 

new standards impact the determination of when the individual deliverables included in a multiple-element arrangement may be treated as separate units of 
accounting. Additionally, these new standards modify the manner in which the transaction consideration is allocated across the separately identified 
deliverables by no longer permitting the residual method of allocating arrangement consideration. These new standards are required to be adopted in the 
first quarter of fiscal 2012.  The Company does not expect these new standards to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements. 

In October 2009, the FASB issued new standards for the accounting for certain revenue arrangements that include software elements.  These new 
standards amend the scope of pre-existing software revenue guidance by removing from the guidance non-software components of tangible products and 
certain software components of tangible products.  These new standards are required to be adopted in the first quarter of fiscal 2012.  The Company does 
not expect these new standards to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements. 

In April 2010, the FASB issued amended accounting guidance for vendors who apply the milestone method of revenue recognition to research and 
development arrangements.  The amended guidance applies to arrangements with payments that are contingent, at inception, upon achieving substantively 
uncertain future events or circumstances.  The amended guidance is effective on a prospective basis for the Company for milestones achieved on or after 
April 1, 2011.  The Company does not expect these new standards to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements. 

On April 1, 2009, the Company adopted the Cash Conversion Subsections of ASC Subtopic 470-20, Debt with Conversion and Other Options – Cash 

Conversion (the Cash Conversion Subsections), which clarify the accounting for convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash (including partial 
cash settlement) upon conversion.  The Cash Conversion Subsections require issuers to account separately for the liability and equity components of 
certain convertible debt instruments in a manner that reflects the issuer's nonconvertible debt (unsecured debt) borrowing rate when interest cost is 
recognized.  The Cash Conversion Subsections require bifurcation of a component of the debt, classification of that component in equity and the accretion 
of the resulting discount on the debt to be recognized as part of interest expense in the Company's consolidated statements of income. 

The Cash Conversion Subsections require retrospective application to the terms of instruments as they existed for all periods presented.  The adoption 
of the Cash Conversion Subsections affects the accounting for the Company's 2.125% junior subordinated convertible debentures issued in December 2007 
and due in December 2037.  The retrospective application of this guidance affects the Company's fiscal year 2009. 

The following table sets forth the effect of the retrospective application of the Cash Conversion Subsections on certain previously reported line items 

(in thousands, except per share data): 

Year Ended 
March 31, 2009 

Interest expense 
Income before income taxes 
Income tax (benefit) provision 
Net income 
Basic net income per common share 
Diluted net income per common share 

2.           BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS 

Acquisition of Silicon Storage Technology, Inc. (SST) 

    As Adjusted 

  As Reported 
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

(24,269)   $
237,250    $
(11,570)   $
248,820    $
1.36    $
1.33    $

(29,440)
232,079 
(13,508)
245,587 
1.34 
1.31 

On April 8, 2010, the Company acquired SST, a publicly traded company based in Sunnyvale, California, in a merger transaction for $3.05 per share, or a 

total of $353.8 million, 

F-13

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
which included $295.4 million of cash consideration for the outstanding shares of SST common stock, and $58.4 million of SST shares acquired by the 
Company on March 8, 2010.  The fair value of the SST shares held by the Company on April 8, 2010 was equal to the fair value at March 8, 2010, the date the 
shares were acquired, and the Company did not recognize any gain or loss on such shares.  The SST business acquired included a variety of different 
business units including a licensing business focused on opportunities in the embedded control market, a microcontroller business, a variety of memory 
businesses and a Wi-Fi power-amplifier business. The Company's primary reason for this acquisition was to gain access to SST's SuperFlash® technology 
and extensive patent portfolio, which it believes are critical building blocks for advanced microcontrollers. 

The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting, with the Company identified as the acquirer, and the operating results 
of SST have been included in the Company's consolidated financial statements as of the effective date of the acquisition.  Under the acquisition method of 
accounting, the total purchase price was allocated to SST's net tangible assets and intangible assets based on their estimated fair values as of April 8, 2010.  
The excess purchase price over the value of the net tangible assets and intangible assets was recorded to goodwill and allocated $19.2 million to the 
technology licensing reporting unit and $5.8 million to the semiconductor product reporting unit.   None of the goodwill related to the SST acquisition is 
deductible for tax purposes.  The Company retained an independent third-party appraiser to assist management in its valuation and the purchase price 
allocation was finalized during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011.  Prior to finalizing the purchase price allocation, the Company made certain adjustments in 
the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011 which resulted in changes to the residual amount allocated to goodwill, non-marketable equity investments, deferred tax 
assets, other current assets and long-term income tax payable. 

The table below represents the final allocation of the purchase price to the acquired net assets based on their estimated fair values as of April 8, 2010, as 

well as the associated estimated useful lives of the acquired intangible assets at that date: 

Assets acquired 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Accounts receivable, net 
Inventories 
Deferred tax assets 
Other current assets 
Long-term investments 
Property, plant and equipment, net 
Non-marketable equity investments 
Other assets 
Goodwill 
Purchased intangible assets 
Assets held for sale 
Total assets acquired 

Liabilities assumed 
Accounts payable 
Accrued liabilities 
Deferred income on shipments to distributors 
Long-term income tax payable 
Deferred tax liability 
Other liabilities 
Total liabilities assumed 
Purchase price allocated 

F-14

April 8, 2010 
(in thousands)   

  $

  $

  $

182,735 
12,069 
44,820 
39,962 
21,785 
3,768 
54,342 
6,623 
15,772 
3,634 
24,961 
50,930 
23,761 
485,162 

(28,906)
(40,914)
(2,322)
(36,587)
(17,599)
(4,990)
(131,318)
353,844 

  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
Purchased Intangible Assets 

Core/developed technology 
In-process research and development 
Trademarks and trade names 
Customer-related 
Backlog 

Useful Life 
(in years) 

April 8, 2010 
(in thousands) 

5-10 
N/A 
5 
10 
1 

  $

  $

32,900 
900 
1,730 
13,100 
2,300 
50,930 

Purchased intangible assets include core and developed technology, in-process research and development, trademarks and trade names, customer-
related intangibles and acquisition-date backlog.  The estimated fair values of the core and developed technology and in-process research and development 
were determined based on the present value of the expected cash flows to be generated by the respective existing technology or future technology.  The 
core and developed technology intangible assets are being amortized on a technology-by-technology basis with the amortization recorded for each 
technology commensurate with the expected cash flows used in the initial determination of fair value.  In-process research and development is capitalized 
until such time the related projects are completed or abandoned at which time the capitalized amounts will begin to be amortized or written off. 

Trademarks and trade names include SST's corporate trade name as well as the SuperFlash trademark.  The estimated fair value of the trademarks and 
trade names was determined based on the income approach, using the relief from royalty methodology.  Trademarks and trade names are being amortized 
using the straight-line method, which management believes is materially consistent with the pattern of benefit to be realized by these assets. 

Customer-related intangible assets consist of SST's contractual relationships and customer loyalty related to the distributor and end-customer 
relationships, and the fair values of the customer-related intangibles were determined based on the projected revenues for the licensing entity and the 
microcontroller entity.  An analysis of expected attrition and revenue growth for existing customers was prepared from SST's historical customer 
information.  A similar analysis was performed for the acquired intangible assets related to the business units held for sale.  Customer relationships are being 
amortized in a manner consistent with the estimated cash flows associated with the existing customers and anticipated retention rates. Backlog relates to the 
value of orders not yet shipped by SST at the acquisition date, and the preliminary fair values were based on the estimated profit associated with those 
orders.  Backlog related assets are being recognized commensurate with recognition of the revenue for the orders on which the backlog intangible assets 
were determined.  Amortization expense associated with acquired intangible assets is not deductible for tax purposes.  Thus, approximately $2.0 million was 
established as a net deferred tax liability for the future amortization of the intangible assets. 

Contingent liabilities were recorded in the amount of $13.0 million, as an adverse outcome was determined to be probable and estimable at the 

acquisition date.  The Company was not able to determine the fair value of these contingencies, and as such, the amount recorded reflects the Company's 
estimate of the outcome of these matters.  At March 31, 2011, there were no changes to the amount recognized at the acquisition date related to these 
contingencies.  The amount recorded is presented within accrued liabilities. 

The amount of continuing SST revenue and earnings included in the Company's condensed consolidated statements of income for the period April 9, 

2010 to September 30, 2010 was $114.9 million and $17.4 million, respectively.  The amount of continuing SST revenue included in the Company's condensed 
consolidated statements of income for the period April 9, 2010 to March 31, 2011 was $228.3 million.  The operations of SST have been fully integrated into 
the Company’s operations as of October 1, 2010 and as such, cost of sales and operating expenses were no longer segregated as of that date. 

F-15

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
  
 
 
  
  
The following unaudited pro-forma consolidated results of operations for fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009, assume the SST acquisition occurred as of 
April 1 of each year and have been restated for the operations of SST that have been discontinued.  The pro forma results of operations are presented for 
informational purposes only and are not indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved if the acquisition had taken place on April 1, 
2010, April 1, 2009 and April 1, 2008 or of results that may occur in the future (amounts in thousands): 

Total revenue 
Net income 
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

Other Acquisitions 

 $

 $
 $

Unaudited 
Year Ended March 31, 
2010 
1,190,178 
207,421 
1.13 
1.11 

 $
 $

 $
 $

 $

 $

2011 
1,494,727 
429,794 
2.30 
2.21 

2009 
1,145,099 
233,925 
1.28 
1.25 

During the year ended March 31, 2011, the Company completed two business acquisitions, in addition to SST, which were accounted for under the 
purchase method of accounting.  Total consideration paid for these businesses, net of cash acquired of $2.5 million, was $6.5 million.  As part of one of the 
acquisitions, the Company assumed a bankruptcy reorganization liability in the amount of approximately $19.4 million which was partially funded by the 
acquired company prior to the acquisition.  This bankruptcy liability is included in other current liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, and 
approximately $19.4 million of escrowed cash to settle the bankruptcy liability is included in other current assets.  The purchase price of the acquisitions 
resulted in purchased intangible assets of approximately $5.6 million and goodwill of approximately $1.0 million.  The purchased intangible assets are being 
amortized over a weighted average period of approximately seven years.  In addition, one of the acquisitions resulted in contingent consideration with an 
estimated fair value at the date of purchase of $2.0 million. 

During the year ended March 31, 2010, the Company completed one business acquisition which was accounted for under the purchase method of 

accounting.  Total consideration paid for this business was approximately $9.3 million.  The combined purchase price of the acquisition resulted in 
purchased intangible assets of approximately $7.0 million, of which $2.9 million relates to in-process technology, and goodwill of approximately $4.2 million.  
The purchased intangible assets (other than goodwill and the in-process technology intangible asset) are being amortized over an average period of seven 
years.  In addition, the acquisition resulted in contingent consideration with an estimated fair value at the date of purchase of $1.3 million. 

During the year ended March 31, 2009, the Company completed three business acquisitions which were accounted for under the purchase method of 

accounting.  Total consideration paid for these business acquisitions was approximately $19.9 million.  The combined purchase price of the acquisitions 
resulted in purchased intangible assets of approximately $15.1 million and goodwill of approximately $4.3 million.  The purchased intangible assets (other 
than goodwill) are being amortized over an average period of seven years.  One of the acquisitions had an earn-out payment associated with it based on the 
operating performance of the acquired business for the twelve-month period ending September 30, 2010.  The initial purchase price of this acquisition was 
less than the fair value of the acquired net assets, and as a result, the Company recorded negative goodwill totaling $2.4 million, which was recorded in other 
long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.  In the year ended March 31, 2011, the Company made contingent consideration payments to the 
previous owners in the amount of $12.1 million.  The contingent consideration payment resulted in the de-recognition of the negative goodwill recorded on 
the acquisition date and the recognition of approximately $9.7 million of goodwill. 

F-16

  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
3.           DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS AND ASSETS HELD FOR SALE 

Discontinued operations includes the following product families that were acquired in the acquisition of SST: NAND Drives, NAND controllers, Smart 
Card ICs, Combo Memory, Concurrent SuperFlash, Small-Sector Flash and many-time Programmable Flash memories and certain serial NOR Flash products 
from 512K to 64MB density in the geographic regions of Taiwan, China, Hong Kong, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia, Vietnam and 
Philippines.  These product lines were marketed for sale since the acquisition of SST on April 8, 2010 based on management's decision regarding them not 
being a strategic fit into the Company's product portfolio.  On May 21, 2010, the Company completed a transaction to sell the NAND Drives, NAND 
controllers, Smart Card ICs, Combo Memory, Concurrent SuperFlash, Small-Sector Flash and many-time Programmable Flash memories to Greenliant Systems 
Ltd.  The sale price in this transaction was determined by management to represent fair value, and accordingly, no gain or loss was recognized on the sale of 
the net assets.  In this sale, the Company disposed of approximately $23.6 million of assets held for sale, primarily comprised of inventory, property, plant 
and equipment, intangible assets and non-marketable securities.  On July 8, 2010, the Company granted an exclusive limited license for the manufacture of 
certain Serial NOR-Flash products to Professional Computer Technology, Ltd. (PCT).  The license to PCT is limited to the industry segments of optical disc 
drives, set top boxes, electronic books, video games, digital displays, DVD player/recorder, notebook computers, netbooks, desktop computers, PC 
monitors, mass storage devices, printers/scanners/copiers/faxes, PC-CAM, point of sale devices, graphic cards, servers/clients/workstations, and mobile 
phones.  PCT has no license to sell these products to any other industry segment or geographic region other than those listed above.  Certain multi-national 
customers are excluded from this license. 

For financial statement purposes, the results of operations for these discontinued businesses have been segregated from those of the continuing 

operations and are presented in the Company's consolidated financial statements as discontinued operations. 

At the time of the acquisition, the Company determined that it would hold SST's SuperFlash Memory and RF businesses as assets held for sale, in 
addition to other businesses that the Company has sold since the acquisition date.  After operating the SST business for two quarters, the Company found 
synergies between SST's RF business and the Company's wireless, microcontroller and analog businesses.  On the memory side, after divesting the low 
margin business to PCT, the Company had substantially improved the gross margin for the rest of the SuperFlash Memory business.  The Company also 
determined that running some volume on the memory business is critical to proving out the SuperFlash technology before it can be licensed.  As a result, 
the Company decided to integrate the SuperFlash Memory and RF businesses of SST into the ongoing businesses of the Company during the second 
quarter of fiscal 2011.  The operations of these businesses have been included in continuing operations for the period April 8, 2010 through March 31, 2011. 

The results of discontinued operations for the year ended March 31, 2011 are as follows (in thousands): 

Net sales 
Cost of sales 
Operating expenses 
Income tax benefit 
Net loss from discontinued operations 

Year Ended 
March 31, 2011 

25,177 
32,627 
3,676 
(909)
(10,217)

 $

 $

For the year ended March 31, 2011, the cost of sales related to discontinued operations includes approximately $9.4 million of  inventory write-downs. 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company sold a building in Macao that had been actively marketed for sale for approximately $1.1 million, 

which approximated its net book value, and no gain or loss was recognized.  This sale is also reflected in discontinued operations. 

F-17

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
4. 

SPECIAL CHARGES 

SST Acquisition 

During fiscal 2011, the Company incurred $1.9 million of severance related and office closure costs associated with the acquisition of SST.  See Note 2 

for more information related to this acquisition. 

Patent Licenses 

During the three months ended June 30, 2009, the Company agreed to the terms of a patent license with an unrelated third-party and signed an 
agreement on July 9, 2009.  The patent license settled alleged infringement claims.  The total payment made to the third-party in July 2009 was $1.4 million, 
$1.2 million of which was expensed in the first quarter of fiscal 2010 and the remaining $0.2 million was recorded as a prepaid royalty that will be amortized 
over the remaining life of the patent, which expired in June 2010. 

The Company entered into a patent portfolio license effective March 31, 2009 with an unrelated third-party that covers both issued patents and patent 
applications and settled alleged infringement claims.  The total payment made to the third-party was $8.25 million, $4.0 million of which was expensed in the 
fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 and the remaining $4.25 million was recorded as a prepaid royalty that will be amortized over the estimated 20-year remaining life 
of the patents.  The Company entered into another patent portfolio license with the same unrelated third party in March 2011 and $2.75 million was paid 
covering patent applications.  The $2.75 million was recorded as a prepaid royalty that will be amortized over the life of the patents. 

Expenses Associated with the Abandonment of the Atmel Acquisition 

On October 2, 2008, the Company and ON Semiconductor Corporation announced that they had sent a proposal to the Board of Directors of Atmel 
Corporation to acquire Atmel for $5.00 per share in cash or a total of approximately $2.3 billion.  On October 29, 2008, Atmel announced that its Board of 
Directors had determined that the unsolicited proposal was inadequate.  On December 15, 2008, the Company delivered a written notification to Atmel 
regarding a proposed alternate slate of directors to be elected at Atmel's 2009 annual meeting.  On February 10, 2009, the Company announced its 
termination of its consideration of a potential transaction with Atmel in light of the economic uncertainty and the lack of visibility with respect to Atmel's 
business not allowing the Company to put a value on Atmel.  In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company expensed $1.6 million of various costs 
associated with the terminated proposal. 

In-Process Research and Development 

During the third quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company completed its acquisition of Hampshire Company, a leader in the large format touch screen 
controller market.  As a result of the acquisition, the Company incurred a $0.5 million in-process research and development charge in the third quarter of 
fiscal 2009. 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company completed the acquisition of HI-TECH Software, a provider of software development tools and 
compilers.  As a result of the acquisition, the Company incurred a $0.2 million in-process research and development charge in the fourth quarter of fiscal 
2009. 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company completed its acquisition of R&E International, a leader in developing innovative integrated 
circuits for smoke and carbon monoxide detectors and other life-safety systems.  As a result of the acquisition, the Company incurred a $0.2 million in-
process research and development charge in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009. 

5. 

INVESTMENTS 

The Company's investments are intended to establish a high-quality portfolio that preserves principal, meets liquidity needs, avoids inappropriate 
concentrations, and delivers an appropriate yield in relationship to the Company's investment guidelines and market conditions.  The following is a summary 
of available-for-sale securities at March 31, 2011 (amounts in thousands): 

F-18

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Government agency bonds 
Municipal bonds 
Auction rate securities 
Corporate bonds and debt 
Marketable equity securities 

Available-for-sale Securities 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Estimated 
Fair Value   
430,591 
11,457 
12,475 
523,026 
26,861 
(1,534)   $ 1,004,410 

(923)   $
(22)    
---     
(589)    
---     

159    $
34     
---     
4,116     
688     
4,997    $

  $

Adjusted 
Cost 
431,355    $
11,445     
12,475     
519,499     
26,173     
  $ 1,000,947    $

The following is a summary of available-for-sale and trading securities at March 31, 2010 (amounts in thousands): 

Available-for-sale Securities 

Government agency bonds 
Municipal bonds 
Auction rate securities 
Marketable equity securities 
Corporate bonds 

ARS 
Put option on ARS 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

  $

Adjusted 
Cost 
389,801    $
156,415     
14,151     
58,402     
392,108     
  $ 1,010,877    $

215    $
1,290     
---     
---     
2,983     
4,488    $

Estimated 
Fair Value   
389,394 
(622)   $
157,705 
---     
14,151 
---     
58,402 
---     
(235)    
394,856 
(857)   $ 1,014,508 

Trading Securities 
Gross 
Gross 
Unrealized  
Unrealized  
Losses 
Gains 

Adjusted 
Cost 

  $

  $

23,086    $
1,814     
 24,900    $

---    $
---     
 ---    $

---    $
---     
 ---    $

Estimated 
Fair Value   
23,086 
1,814 
 24,900 

At March 31, 2011, the Company's available-for-sale debt securities, and marketable equity securities are presented on the condensed consolidated 
balance sheets as short-term investments of $539.6 million and long-term investments of $464.8 million.  At March 31, 2010, the Company’s available-for-sale 
debt securities, marketable equity securities and trading securities are presented on the condensed consolidated balance sheets as short-term investments 
of $722.2 million and long-term investments of $317.2 million. 

As of March 31, 2010, the Company had investments in student loan-backed auction rate securities (ARS) with a fair value of $23.1 million.  In 

November 2008, the Company executed an ARS rights agreement (the Rights) with the broker through which the Company purchased the student-loan ARS 
that provided (i) the Company with the right to put these ARS back to the broker at par anytime during the period from June 30, 2010 through July 2, 2012, 
and (ii) the broker with the right to purchase or sell the ARS at par on the Company’s behalf anytime through July 2, 2012.  The Company accounted for the 
acceptance of the Rights as the receipt of a put option for no consideration and recognized a gain with a corresponding recognition as a long-term 
investment.  During the period from April 1, 2010 to June 30, 2010, $17.8 million of the student-loan auction rate securities were redeemed by the original 
issuers.  The Company exercised its Rights to sell the remaining $7.1 million in ARS at par to the broker on June 30, 2010 and received full cash settlement for 
the transaction on July 1, 2010. 

At March 31, 2011, $12.5 million of the fair value of the Company's investment portfolio was invested in ARS.  With the continuing liquidity issues in 

the global credit and capital markets, the Company's ARS have experienced multiple failed auctions from September 2007 through the date of this 
report.  While the Company continues to earn interest on these investments based on a pre-determined formula with spreads tied to particular interest rate 
indices, the estimated market value for these ARS no longer approximates the original purchase value. 

F-19

 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
   
   
  
  
The fair value of the failed ARS of $12.5 million has been estimated based on market information and estimates determined by management and could 
change significantly based on market conditions.  The Company evaluated the impairments in the value of these ARS, determining its intent to sell these 
securities prior to the recovery of its amortized cost basis resulted in the securities being other-than-temporarily impaired and has recognized impairment 
charges on these investments of $1.6 million in fiscal 2011 and $4.7 million in fiscal 2010. 

The Company believes that, based on its current unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and short-term investment balances, the current lack of liquidity in 

the credit and capital markets for ARS will not have a material impact on its liquidity, cash flow or ability to fund its operations. 

At March 31, 2011, the Company evaluated its investment portfolio and noted unrealized losses of $1.5 million on its debt securities, which were due to 

fluctuations in interest rates and credit market conditions.  Management does not believe any of the unrealized losses represent other-than-temporary 
impairment based on its evaluation of available evidence as of March 31, 2011, except for the ARS described above.  The Company's intent is to hold these 
investments, other than the ARS described above, until these assets are no longer impaired.  For those investments not scheduled to mature until after 
March 31, 2012, such recovery is not anticipated to occur in the next year and these investments have been classified as long-term investments. 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of the available-for-sale securities at March 31, 2011, by maturity, excluding marketable equity securities of 

$26.9 million and corporate debt of $3.5 million, which have no contractual maturity, are shown below (amounts in thousands).  Expected maturities can differ 
from contractual maturities because the issuers of the securities may have the right to prepay obligations without prepayment penalties, and the Company 
views its available-for-sale securities as available for current operations. 

Available-for-sale 
  Due in one year or less 
  Due after one year and through five years 
  Due after five years and through ten years 
  Due after ten years 

Adjusted 
Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Estimated 
Fair Value   

  $

  $

143,447    $
815,352     
---     
12,475     
971,274    $

903    $
3,406     
---     
---     
4,309    $

(2)   $
(1,532)    
---     
---     
(1,534)   $

144,348 
817,226 
--- 
12,475 
974,049 

The following is a summary of available-for-sale securities at March 31, 2010 (amounts in thousands): 

Available-for-sale 
  Due in one year or less 
  Due after one year and through five years 
  Due after five years and through ten years 
  Due after ten years 

Adjusted 
Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Estimated 
Fair Value   

  $

308,020    $
688,706     
---     
14,151     
  $ 1,010,877    $

1,743    $
2,745     
---     
---     
 4,488    $

(19)   $
(838)    
---     
---     

309,744 
690,613 
--- 
14,151 
(857)   $ 1,014,508 

During the year ended March 31, 2011, the Company had an immaterial amount of net realized gains and losses from sales of available-for-sale securities 

compared to net realized gains on sales of available-for-sale securities of $1.2 million and $0.5 million during the years ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 
2009, respectively. 

Marketable Equity Investments 

The Company acquired investments in public companies as part of the SST acquisition valued at $47.1 million at the time of acquisition.  These public 

companies are listed on the Taiwan Stock Exchange and include: King Yuan Electronics Company Limited (KYE); Insyde Software Corporation (Insyde); 
Powertech Technology, Incorporated (PTI); and Professional Computer Technology, Ltd. (PCT).  During the quarter ended December 31, 2010, Apacer 
Technology, Inc. (Apacer) completed an initial public offering on the Taiwan Stock Exchange and is now publicly traded.  The Company reclassified this 
investment out of non-marketable equity investments to marketable equity investments resulting in an increase in the fair value of the marketable equity 
investments of $9.0 million as of December 31, 2010. 

F-20

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
   
   
   
     
     
     
 
   
   
   
  
  
 
   
   
   
   
     
     
     
 
   
   
   
  
  
As of March 31, 2011, approximately $16.6 million and $10.3 million of these marketable investments have been included in short-term and long-term 
available-for-sale investments, respectively, based upon management's intent to hold such securities until recovery.  Cash dividends and other distributions 
of earnings from the investees, if any, are included in other income at the date of record.  The Company has classified the shares owned in these companies 
as marketable securities.  As of March 31, 2011, the Company had an unrealized gain in other comprehensive income of $0.7 million on these marketable 
securities, which the Company has determined to be a temporary impairment. 

Non-marketable Equity Investments 

The Company has certain investments in privately held companies with a carrying value of $7.7 million at March 31, 2011.  As part of the acquisition of 

SST, the Company acquired certain investments in privately held companies with an estimated fair value at the date of the acquisition of $18.1 million.  These 
investments had a carrying value of $5.6 million at March 31, 2011 as a result of sales of investments of $4.4 million and a reclassification to marketable 
equity investments of $8.1 million.  The investments in privately held companies are accounted for using the cost or the equity method of accounting, as 
appropriate.  Each period the Company evaluates whether an event or change in circumstances has occurred that may indicate an investment has been 
impaired.  If upon further investigation of such events the Company determines the investment has suffered a decline in value that is other than temporary, 
the Company writes down the investment to its estimated fair value.  At March 31, 2011, the Company determined there were no such impairments.  These 
investments are included in other assets on the Company's consolidated balance sheet. 

6.           FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

Accounting rules for fair value clarify that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a 

liability in an orderly transaction between market participants.  As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on 
assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.  As a basis for considering such assumptions, the Company utilizes a three-
tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows: 

Level 1 – Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; 

Level 2 – Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and 

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions. 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis 

Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis at March 31, 2011 are as follows (amounts in thousands): 

Assets 
Money market fund deposits 
Marketable equity securities 
Corporate bonds & debt 
Government agency bonds 
Deposit accounts 
Municipal bonds 
Auction Rate Securities 
Total assets measured at fair value 

Quoted 
Prices in 
Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Instruments 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2)     

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Total 
Balance 

  $

  $

464,669    $
26,861     
---     
---     
---     
---     
---     

---    $
---     
519,526     
430,591     
239,254     
11,457     
---     
491,530    $ 1,200,828    $

464,669 
---    $
26,861 
---     
523,026 
3,500     
430,591 
---     
239,254 
---     
11,457 
---     
12,475     
12,475 
15,975    $ 1,708,333 

F-21

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
 
   
     
     
     
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis at March 31, 2010 are as follows (amounts in thousands): 

Assets 
Money market fund deposits 
Deposit accounts 
Government agency bonds 
Municipal bonds 
ARS 
Put option on ARS 
Corporate bonds 
Marketable equity securities 
Total assets measured at fair value 

Quoted 
Prices in 
Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Instruments 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2)     

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Total 
Balance 

  $

  $

---    $
206,376    $
285,754     
---     
389,394     
---     
157,705     
---     
---     
---     
---     
---     
394,856     
---     
58,402     
---     
264,778    $ 1,227,709    $

---    $
---     
---     
---     
37,237     
1,814     
---     
---     

206,376 
285,754 
389,394 
157,705 
37,237 
1,814 
394,856 
58,402 
39,051    $ 1,531,538 

For Level 3 valuations, the Company estimated the fair value of its ARS based on the following: (i) the underlying structure of each security; (ii) the 

present value of future principal and interest payments discounted at rates considered to reflect current market conditions; (iii) consideration of the 
probabilities of default, auction failure, or repurchase at par for each period; and (iv) estimates of the recovery rates in the event of default for each 
security.  The Company estimated the value of the put option on the ARS by evaluating the estimated cash flows before and after the receipt of the put 
option, discounted at rates reflecting the likelihood of default and lack of liquidity, or in the case of the payment of the par value to be paid by the broker at 
exercise of the put option, the counterparty credit risk.  The estimated fair values that are categorized as Level 3 as well as the put options on publicly traded 
stock could change significantly based on future market conditions. Refer to Note 5 for further discussion of the Company's investments in ARS. 

The following tables present a reconciliation for all assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis, excluding accrued interest components, using 

significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2010 (amounts in thousands): 

Year Ended March 31, 2011 
Balance at March 31, 2010 
Total gains or losses (realized and unrealized): 
Included in earnings 
Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements, net 
Balance at March 31, 2011 

Year Ended March 31, 2010 
Balance at March 31, 2009 
Total gains or losses (realized and unrealized): 
Included in earnings 
Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements, net 
Balance at March 31, 2010 

Auction 
Rate 

Securities     

Put Option 
on Auction 
Rate 
Securities     

Corporate 
Debt 

Total Gains 
(Losses) 

  $

37,237    $

1,814    $

---    $

--- 

138     
(24,900)    
12,475    $

(1,814)    
 ---     
---    $

---     
 3,500     
3,500    $

(1,676)
 --- 
(1,676)

  $

Auction 
Rate 

Securities     

Put Option 
on Auction 
Rate 
Securities     

  $

46,800    $

4,026    $

(2,538)    
(7,025)    
37,237    $

(2,212)    
---     
1,814    $

  $

Corporate  
Debt 

Total Gains 
(Losses) 

---    $

---     
---     
---    $

--- 

(4,750)
--- 
(4,750)

F-22

  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
   
   
 
   
     
     
     
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
   
 
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
   
  
Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis are presented/classified on the consolidated balance sheets at March 31, 2011 as follows (amounts in 

thousands): 

Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Long-term investments 
Total assets measured at fair value 

Quoted 
Prices in 
Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Instruments 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2)     

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Total 
Balance 

  $

  $

239,254    $
464,669    $
523,019     
16,553     
10,308     
438,555     
491,530    $ 1,200,828    $

703,923 
---    $
539,572 
---     
15,975     
464,838 
15,975    $ 1,708,333 

Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis are presented/classified in the consolidated balance sheets at March 31, 2010 as follows (amounts in 

thousands): 

Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Long-term investments 
Total assets measured at fair value 

Quoted 
Prices in 
Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Instruments 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2)     

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Total 
Balance 

  $

  $

206,376    $
58,402     
---     

285,754    $
638,891     
303,064     
264,778    $ 1,227,709    $

492,130 
---    $
722,193 
24,900     
14,151     
317,215 
39,051    $ 1,531,538 

Financial Assets Not Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis 

The Company's non-marketable equity and cost method investments are not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.  These investments were 
recorded at fair-value as of April 8, 2010, the date of the SST acquisition, and are monitored on a quarterly basis for impairment charges.  The investments 
will only be recorded at fair value when an impairment charge is recognized.  These investments are included in other assets on the condensed consolidated 
balance sheet.  See further discussion of non-marketable investments in Note 5. 

7. 

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

The carrying amount of cash equivalents approximates fair value because their maturity is less than three months.  The carrying amount of short-term 

and long-term investments approximates fair value as the securities are marked to market as of each balance sheet date with any unrealized gains and losses 
reported in stockholders' equity.  The carrying amount of equity and cost-method adjustments approximates fair value at March 31, 2011 due to the short 
period of time that has elapsed since the recognition of these assets at fair value.  There were no material equity-method or cost-method investments at 
March 31, 2010.  The carrying amount of accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity 
of the amounts.  The fair value of the Company's junior subordinated convertible debentures was $1.574 billion at March 31, 2011 and $1.146 billion at March 
31, 2010 based on the trading price of the bonds. 

F-23

  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
   
 
   
     
     
     
 
   
   
  
 
   
   
 
   
     
     
     
 
   
   
  
8. 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE 

Accounts receivable consists of the following (amounts in thousands): 

Trade accounts receivable 
Other 

Less allowance for doubtful accounts 

9.            INVENTORIES 

Inventories consist of the following (amounts in thousands): 

Raw materials 
Work in process 
Finished goods 

10.          PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following (amounts in thousands): 

Land 
Building and building improvements 
Machinery and equipment 
Projects in process 

Less accumulated depreciation 

March 31, 

2011 
181,840    $
2,200     
184,040     
2,838     
181,202    $

2010 
140,340 
575 
140,915 
3,109 
137,806 

  $

  $

March 31, 

2011 

2010 

  $

  $

8,174    $
141,462     
31,164     
180,800    $

4,912 
100,607 
11,060 
116,579 

March 31, 

2011 

46,497    $
375,611     
1,306,367     
101,202     
1,829,677     
1,289,164     
540,513    $

2010 

39,671 
349,964 
1,190,548 
84,254 
1,664,437 
1,171,398 
493,039 

  $

  $

Depreciation expense attributed to property, plant and equipment was $92.7 million, $86.4 million and $93.3 million for the fiscal years ending March 31, 

2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 

11.           INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL 

Intangible assets consist of the following (amounts in thousands): 

Developed technology 
Customer-related 
Trademarks and trade names 
Backlog 
In-process technology 
Distribution rights 
Covenants not to compete 

 $

 $

F-24

Gross 
Amount 

March 31, 2011 
Accumulated 
Amortization     Net Amount  
55,757 
13,979 
1,480 
701 
4,589 
1,089 
334 
77,929 

(27,694)  $
(1,621)   
(250)   
(1,709)   
(11)   
(4,147)   
(66)   
(35,498)  $

83,451  $
15,600   
1,730   
2,410   
4,600   
5,236   
400   
113,427  $

  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
  
   
   
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
   
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Developed technology 
Customer-related 

In-process technology 
Distribution rights 

March 31, 2010 

 Gross Amount   
48,609  $
 $
400   

Accumulated 
Amortization   Net Amount  
30,642 
388 

(17,967) $
(12)  
-
--   
(3,639)  
(21,618) $

2,900 
1,597 
35,527 

2,900   
5,236   
57,145  $

 $

The Company amortizes intangible assets over their expected useful lives, which range between 1 and 10 years.  In fiscal 2011, the Company acquired 

$34.8 million of developed technology which has a weighted average amortization period of 10 years, $15.2 million of customer-related intangible assets 
which has a weighted average amortization period of nine years, $1.7 million of trademarks and trade names with an amortization period of five years, $2.4 
million of intangible assets related to backlog with an amortization period of one year, $1.7 million of in-process technology which will begin amortization 
once the technology reaches technological feasibility, and $0.4 million of intangible assets related to covenants not to compete with an amortization period 
of three years.  The following is an expected amortization schedule for the intangible assets for fiscal year 2012 through fiscal year 2016, absent any future 
acquisitions or impairment charges (amounts in thousands): 

Year ending  
March 31, 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 

Projected Amortization  
Expense 
$12,811 
13,304 
12,281 
12,201 
10,284 

Amortization expense attributed to intangible assets was $13.9 million, $3.7 million and $2.7 million for fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  In 

fiscal year 2011, approximately $7.8 million was charged to cost of sales and approximately $6.1 million was charged to operating expenses.  In fiscal year 
2010, approximately $1.9 million was charged to cost of sales and approximately $1.8 million was charged to operating expenses.  In fiscal 2009, approximately 
$0.8 million was charged to cost of sales and $1.9 million was charged to operating expenses.  The Company found no indication of impairment of its 
intangible assets in fiscal years 2011, 2010 or 2009. 

Goodwill activity for fiscal years 2011 and 2010 was as follows (amounts in thousands): 

Balance at March 31, 2009 
Additions due to acquisitions 
Balance at March 31, 2010 
Additions due to the acquisition of SST 
Additions due to contingent consideration payments to previous owners of R&E 

International 

Additions due to other acquisitions 
Balance at March 31, 2011 

  $

  $

Semiconductor 
Products 
Reporting Unit    

Technology 
Licensing 
Reporting Unit  
--- 
--- 
--- 
19,200 

36,165    $
4,173     
40,338     
5,761     

9,747 

972     
56,818    $

--- 
--- 
19,200 

The Company has completed the process of allocating goodwill to its reporting units as it relates to the acquisition of SST.  As a result, approximately 

$19.2 has been allocated to the technology licensing reporting unit and approximately $5.8 million has been allocated to the semiconductor products 
reporting unit. 

F-25

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
In the year ended March 31, 2011, the Company made contingent consideration payments to the previous owners of R&E International in the amount of 

$12.1 million.  The Company acquired R&E International on March 31, 2009.  The contingent consideration payment resulted in the de-recognition of 
negative goodwill in the amount of approximately $2.4 million recorded on the acquisition date and the recognition of approximately $9.7 million of goodwill 
which was allocated to the semiconductor products reporting unit. 

At March 31, 2011, $56.8 million of goodwill was recorded in the Company's semiconductor products reporting unit and $19.2 million was recorded in the 

Company's technology licensing reporting unit.  After completing the annual impairment analyses during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and 
fiscal 2009, the Company concluded that goodwill was not impaired in any year.  Through March 31, 2011, the Company has never recorded an impairment 
charge against its goodwill balance. 

12.           ACCRUED LIABILITIES 

Accrued liabilities consist of the following (amounts in thousands): 

Bankruptcy reorganization liability 
Other accrued expenses 

March 31, 

2011 

2010 

  $

  $

19,385    $
112,454     
131,839    $

--- 
60,211 
60,211 

The bankruptcy reorganization liability was incurred as part of an acquisition completed in fiscal 2011, as further discussed in Note 2. 

13.           INCOME TAXES 

The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions.  The Company files U.S. federal, U.S. state, and foreign income 

tax returns.  For U.S. federal, and in general for U.S. state tax returns, the 2009 through fiscal 2011 tax years remain open for examination by tax authorities.  
For foreign tax returns, the Company is generally no longer subject to income tax examinations for years prior to fiscal 2004. 

Significant judgment is required in evaluating the Company's uncertain tax positions and determining its provision for income taxes.  Although the 
Company believes that it has appropriately reserved for its uncertain tax positions, no assurance can be given that the final tax outcome of these matters will 
not be different than expectations.  The Company will adjust these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit, 
the refinement of an estimate, the closing of a statutory audit period or changes in applicable tax law.  To the extent that the final tax outcome of these 
matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is 
made.  The provision for income taxes includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to the reserves that are considered appropriate, as well as 
related net interest. 

The Company recognizes liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues in the U.S. and other domestic and international tax jurisdictions based on its estimate 

of whether, and the extent to which, additional tax payments are more likely than not.  The Company believes it maintains appropriate reserves to offset 
potential income tax liabilities that may arise upon final resolution of matters for open tax years.  The U.S. Internal Revenue Service (IRS) is currently auditing 
the Company's fiscal years 2009 and 2010.  Fiscal 2011 is currently open for examination by the IRS.  The Company believes that it has appropriate support 
for the income tax positions taken and to be taken on its tax returns and that its accruals for tax liabilities are appropriate for all open years based on an 
assessment of many factors including past experience and interpretations of tax law applied to the facts of each matter.  If such accrued amounts ultimately 
prove to be unnecessary, the resulting reversal of such reserves would result in tax benefits being recorded in the period the reserves are no longer deemed 
necessary.  If such assessments ultimately prove to be greater than anticipated, a future charge to expense would be recorded in the period in which the 
assessment is determined.  Timing of the resolution and/or closure on audits is highly uncertain; however, the Company does not believe that it is 
reasonably possible that the unrecognized tax benefits could significantly change within the next 12 months as the result of a tax examination closure. 

F-26

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
  
  
The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company's gross unrecognized tax benefits from April 1, 2008 to March 31, 2011 (amounts in 

thousands): 

Beginning balance 
Increases related to acquisitions 
Decreases related to prior year tax positions 
Increases related to current year tax positions 
Increases related to prior year tax positions 
Ending balance 

Year Ended March 31, 
2010 

2009 

2011 

 $

 $

57,140   $
26,843    
(48,428)  
9,977    
379    
45,911   $

70,051   $
---    
(25,492)  
11,332    
1,249    
57,140   $

112,311 
--- 
(49,967)
7,584 
123 
70,051 

As of March 31, 2011, the Company had accrued approximately $0.5 million related to the potential payment of interest on the Company's uncertain tax 

positions.  Interest was included in the provision for income taxes.  The Company has accrued for approximately $1.0 million in penalties related to its 
uncertain tax positions related to its international locations. 

The income tax (benefit) provision from continuing operations consists of the following (amounts in thousands): 

Current (benefit) expense: 

Federal 
State 
Foreign 
Total current 

Deferred expense (benefit): 

Federal 
State 
Foreign 

Total deferred 

Year Ended March 31, 
2010 

2011 

2009 

  $

  $

  $

  $

294    $
21     
22,877     
23,192     

11,035     
788     
(3,484)    
8,340     
31,531    $

(4,358)   $
(436)    
6,981     
2,187     

16,663     
1,668     
290     
18,621     
20,808    $

(38,836)
(3,888)
8,689 
(34,035)

19,476 
1,950 
(899)
20,527 
(13,508)

The tax benefit associated with the Company's equity incentive plans reduced taxes currently payable by $7.5 million, $3.7 million and $7.6 million for the 

years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  These amounts were credited to additional paid-in capital in each of the three fiscal years. 

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal tax rate to income before income taxes.  The sources 

and tax effects of the differences in the total income tax (benefit) provision from continuing operations are as follows (amounts in thousands): 

Computed expected income tax provision 
State income taxes, net of federal benefits 
Research and development tax credits 
Foreign income taxed at lower than the federal rate 
Tax benefit from audit settlements net of restructuring taxes 
Release of tax reserves 

  $

  $

Year Ended March 31, 
2010 

2011 
161,244    $
1,746     
(3,691)    
(103,373)    
(24,395)    
---     
31,531    $

83,235    $
915     
(1,500)    
(53,390)    
(8,452)    
---     
20,808    $

2009 

81,228 
1,295 
(2,732)
(43,452)
(16,880)
(32,967)
(13,508)

Pretax income from foreign continuing operations was $390.9 million, $201.2 million and $195.1 million for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, 

respectively.  Unremitted foreign earnings that are considered to be permanently invested outside the U.S., and on which no deferred taxes have been 
provided, amounted to approximately $1,539.8 million at March 31, 2011.  The Company has the ability and intent to indefinitely reinvest the foreign 
earnings.  Should the Company elect in the future to repatriate a portion of the foreign earnings so invested, the Company would incur income tax expense 
on such repatriation, net of any available deductions and foreign tax credits.  This would result in additional income tax expense beyond the computed 
effective tax rate in such periods. 

F-27

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
 
   
     
     
 
   
   
  
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
During the year ended March 31, 2011, the Company settled an IRS examination of fiscal years 2006, 2007 and 2008.  In addition, the Company benefited 
from the expiration of the statute of limitations related to previously accrued tax reserves and incurred a tax charge related to corporate restructuring.  The tax 
benefit associated with these items was a decrease in the effective tax rate from continuing operations of 5.3%. 

In December 2010, the U.S. Congress retroactively reinstated the research and development tax credit from January 1, 2010.  As a result, the Company 

recognized a one-time tax benefit of $1.5 million in the quarter ended December 31, 2010. 

During the year ended March 31, 2010, the Company settled an IRS examination of fiscal years 2002, 2003 and 2004 which resulted in a one-time tax 

benefit of $8.5 million.  This tax benefit decreased the Company's effective tax rate by approximately 3.6 percentage points to 8.8%. 

In October 2008, the U.S. Congress passed the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 which included a provision to extend the research and 
development tax credit retroactively from January 1, 2008.  As a result, the Company recognized a one-time tax benefit of $1.5 million in the quarter ending 
December 31, 2008. 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as follows (amounts 

in thousands): 

Deferred tax assets: 

Deferred intercompany profit 
Deferred income on shipments to distributors 
Inventory valuation 
Net operating loss carryforward 
Share-based compensation 
Income tax credits 
Accrued expenses and other 
Gross deferred tax assets 
Valuation allowances 
Net deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities: 
Income tax credits 
Net operating loss carryforward 
Property, plant and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation 
Junior convertible debentures 
Other 
Gross deferred tax liability 
Net deferred tax liability 

March 31, 

2011 

2010 

11,031    $
33,304     
5,740     
2,051     
25,195     
50,795     
11,052     
139,168     
(50,346)    
88,822     

17,852     
833     
(5,036)    
(407,477)    
(5,699)    
(399,527)    
(310,705)   $

7,711 
24,531 
842 
4,995 
30,316 
45,171 
9,512 
123,078 
(45,268)
77,810 

--- 
--- 
(3,861)
(372,252)
(600)
(376,713)
(298,903)

  $

  $

The Company had state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards with an estimated tax effect of $2.9 million available at March 31, 2011.  The state 
net operating loss carryforwards expire at various times between 2014 and 2024.  The Company believes that it is more likely than not that the benefit from 
certain state net operating loss carryforwards will not be realized.  In recognition of this risk, at March 31, 2011, the Company has provided a valuation 
allowance of $2.1 million.  The Company also has state tax credits with an estimated tax effect of $44.8 million available at March 31, 2011.  These state tax 
credits expire at various times between 2011 and 2026.  The Company believes that it is more likely than not that the benefit from these state tax credits will 
not be realized, and therefore has provided a valuation allowance against the full amount.  The Company has U.S foreign tax credits with an estimated tax 
effect of $3.7 million that expire at various times between 2013 and 2016.  The Company believes it is more likely than not that the benefit from these credits 
will not be fully realized and has provided a valuation allowance of $3.5 million.  At March 31, 2011, the Company had alternative minimum tax net operating 
loss carryforwards of $4.0 million that expire between 2024 and 2026. 

F-28

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
     
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
The Company's Thailand manufacturing operations currently benefit from numerous tax holidays granted to the Company based on its investment in 

property, plant and equipment in Thailand.  The Company's tax holiday periods in Thailand expire at various times in the future, however, the Company 
actively seeks to acquire new tax holidays.  The Company does not expect the future expiration of any of its tax holiday periods in Thailand to have a 
material impact on its effective tax rate.  The aggregate dollar benefits derived from these tax holidays approximated $20.9 million, $17.3 million and $6.4 
million for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  The benefit the tax holiday had on diluted net income per share approximated $0.10 
in the year ended March 31, 2011 and $0.09 for the year ended March 31, 2010 and $0.03 for the year ended March 31, 2009. 

14.           2.125% JUNIOR SUBORDINATED CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES 

The Company's $1.15 billion principal amount of 2.125% junior subordinated convertible debentures due December 15, 2037, are subordinated in right of 
payment to any future senior debt of the Company and are effectively subordinated in right of payment to the liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries.  The 
debentures are convertible, subject to certain conditions, into shares of the Company's common stock at an initial conversion rate of 29.2783 shares of 
common stock per $1,000 principal amount of debentures, representing an initial conversion price of approximately $34.16 per share of common stock.  As of 
March 31, 2011, none of the conditions allowing holders of the debentures to convert had been met.  As a result of cash dividends paid since the issuance 
of the debentures, the conversion rate has been adjusted to 34.4383 shares of common stock per $1,000 of principal amount of debentures, representing a 
conversion price of approximately $29.04 per share of common stock. 

As the debentures can be settled in cash upon conversion, for accounting purposes, the debentures were bifurcated into a liability component and an 

equity component, which are initially recorded at fair value.  The carrying value of the equity component at March 31, 2011 and at March 31, 2010 was $822.4 
million.  The estimated fair value of the liability component of the debentures at the issuance date was $327.6 million, resulting in a debt discount of $822.4 
million.  The unamortized debt discount was $801.9 million at March 31, 2011 and $808.7 million at March 31, 2010.  The carrying value of the debentures was 
$347.3 million at March 31, 2011 and $340.7 million at March 31, 2010.  The remaining period over which the unamortized debt discount will be recognized as 
non-cash interest expense is 26.75 years.  In the year ended March 31, 2011, the Company recognized $6.8 million in non-cash interest expense related to the 
amortization of the debt discount.  In the year ended March 31, 2010, the Company recognized $6.3 million in non-cash interest expense related to the 
amortization of the debt discount.  In the year ended March 31, 2009, the Company recognized $5.2 million in non-cash interest expense related to the 
amortization of the debt discount.  The Company recognized $24.4 million of interest expense related to the 2.125% coupon on the debentures in each of 
fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009. 

The debentures also include certain embedded features related to the contingent interest payments, the Company making specific types of distributions 
(e.g., extraordinary dividends), the redemption feature in the event of changes in tax law, and penalty interest in the event of a failure to maintain an effective 
registration statement. These features qualify as derivatives and are bundled as a compound embedded derivative that is measured at fair value.  The fair 
value of the derivative as of March 31, 2011 was $0.4 million, compared to the value at March 31, 2010 of $0.7 million, resulting in a reduction of interest 
expense in fiscal 2011 of $0.2 million.  The balance of the debentures on the Company's condensed consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2011 of $347.3 
million includes the fair value of the embedded derivative. 

15. 

CONTINGENCIES 

In the ordinary course of the Company's business, it is involved in a limited number of legal actions, both as plaintiff and defendant, and could incur 

uninsured liability in any one or more of them.  The Company also periodically receives notifications from various third parties alleging infringement of 
patents, intellectual property rights or other matters.  With respect to pending legal actions to which the Company is a party, although the outcomes of 
these actions are not generally determinable, the Company believes that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on its 
financial position, cash flows or results of operations.  Litigation relating to the semiconductor industry is not uncommon, and the Company is, and from 
time to time has been, subject to such litigation.  No assurances can be given with respect to the extent or outcome of any such litigation in the future. 

F-29

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The Company's technology license agreements generally include an indemnification clause that indemnifies the licensee against liability and damages 

(including legal defense costs) arising from any claims of patent, copyright, trademark or trade secret infringement by the Company's proprietary 
technology.  The terms of these guarantees approximate the terms of the technology license agreements, which typically range from five to ten years.  The 
Company's current license agreements expire from 2011 through 2030.  The possible amount of future payments the Company could be required to make 
based on agreements that specify indemnification limits, if such indemnifications were required on all of these agreements, is approximately $88 
million.  There are some licensing agreements in place that do not specify indemnification limits.  The Company had not recorded any liabilities related to 
these indemnification obligations as of March 31, 2011. 

Contingent liabilities in the amount of $13.0 million were recorded in connection with the SST acquisition as an adverse outcome was determined to be 

probable and estimable.  At March 31, 2011, there were no material changes to the amount recognized at the acquisition date for these contingencies. 

16. 

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 

Stock Repurchase Activity. On December 11, 2007, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to 10.0 

million shares of its common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions.  As of March 31, 2011, the Company had repurchased 
7.5 million shares under this authorization for $234.7 million.  There is no expiration date associated with this program. 

The Company's Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of 21.5 million shares of its common stock concurrent with the junior subordinated 

convertible debenture transaction for $638.6 million and no further shares are available to be repurchased under this authorization. 

During the years ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company did not purchase any of its shares of common stock.  During the year ended March 31, 

2009, the Company purchased 4.0 million shares of its common stock for $123.9 million. 

As of March 31, 2011, approximately 29.2 million shares remained as treasury shares with the balance of the shares being used to fund share issuance 

requirements under the Company's equity incentive plans. 

17. 

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS 

The Company maintains a contributory profit-sharing plan for its domestic employees meeting certain eligibility and service requirements.  The plan 
qualifies under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and allows employees to contribute up to 60% of their base salary, subject 
to maximum annual limitations prescribed by the IRS.  Through December 31, 2008, the Company made matching contributions of up to 25% of the first 4% of 
the participant's eligible compensation and could award up to an additional 25% under the discretionary match.  The Company eliminated the mandatory 
matching contribution as of January 1, 2009.  All matches are provided on a quarterly basis and require the participant to be an active employee at the end of 
each quarter.  For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2009, the Company contributions to the plan totaled $1.4 million.  Due to expense reduction actions taken 
in response to adverse economic conditions, the Company did not contribute to the plan for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010. For the fiscal year ended 
March 31, 2011, the Company contributions to the plan totaled $2.3 million. 

The Company's 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the 2001 Purchase Plan) became effective on March 1, 2002.  The Board of Directors approved the 

2001 Purchase Plan in May 2001 and the stockholders approved it in August 2001.  Under the 2001 Purchase Plan, eligible employees of the Company may 
purchase shares of common stock at semi-annual intervals through periodic payroll deductions.  The purchase price in general will be 85% of the lower of 
the fair market value of the common stock on the first day of the participant's entry date into the offering period or 85% of the fair market value on the semi-
annual purchase date.  Depending upon a participant's entry date into the 2001 Purchase Plan, purchase periods under the 2001 Purchase Plan consist of 
overlapping periods of either 24, 18, 12 or 6 months in duration.  In May 2003 and August 2003, the Company's Board and stockholders, respectively, each 
approved an annual automatic increase in the number of shares reserved under the 2001 Purchase Plan.  The automatic increase took effect on January 1, 
2005, and on each January 1 thereafter during the term of the plan, and is equal to the lesser of (i) 1,500,000 shares, (ii) one half of one percent (0.5%) of the 
then outstanding shares of the Company's common stock, or (iii) such lesser amount as is approved by the Company's Board of Directors.  On January 1, 
2011, an additional 941,530 shares were reserved under the 2001 Purchase Plan based on the automatic increase.  On January 1, 2010, an additional 921,171 
shares were reserved under the 2001 Purchase Plan based on the automatic increase.  On January 1, 2009, an additional 910,229 shares were reserved under 
the 2001 Purchase Plan based on the automatic increase.  Since the inception of the 2001 Purchase Plan, 10,317,592 shares of common stock have been 
reserved for issuance and 4,106,979 shares have been issued under this purchase plan. 

F-30

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
During fiscal 1995, a purchase plan was adopted for employees in non-U.S. locations.  Such plan provided for the purchase price per share to be 100% 

of the lower of the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning or end of the semi-annual purchase plan period.  Effective May 1, 2006, the 
Company's Board approved a purchase price per share equal to 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning or end of the 
semi-annual purchase plan period.  Since the inception of this purchase plan, 1,308,231 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance and 534,644 
shares have been issued under this purchase plan. 

Effective January 1, 1997, the Company adopted a non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement.  This plan is unfunded and is maintained primarily 

for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of highly compensated employees as defined in ERISA Sections 201, 301 and 
401.  There are no Company matching contributions made under this plan. 

The Company has management incentive compensation plans which provide for bonus payments, based on a percentage of base salary, from an 
incentive pool created from operating profits of the Company, at the discretion of the Board of Directors.  During the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 
2009, $28.3 million, $16.5 million and $3.0 million were charged against operations for these plans, respectively. 

The Company also has a plan that, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, provides a cash bonus to all employees of the Company based on the 

operating profits of the Company.  During the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, $16.0 million, $4.3 million and $2.9 million, respectively, were 
charged against operations for this plan. 

18. 

EQUITY INCENTIVE PLANS 

The Company's 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (the 2004 Plan), is shareholder approved and permits the grant of stock options 
and restricted stock units (RSUs) to employees, non-employee members of the Board of Directors and consultants.  At March 31, 2011, 6.7 million shares 
remained available for future grant under the 2004 Plan.  Stock options and RSUs are designed to reward employees for their long-term contributions to the 
Company and to provide incentive for them to remain employed with the Company.  The Company believes that such awards better align the interests of its 
employees with those of its shareholders. 

The Board of Directors or the plan administrator determines eligibility, vesting schedules and exercise prices for equity incentives granted under the 

plans.  Equity incentives granted generally have a term of 10 years.  Equity incentives granted in the case of newly hired employees generally vest and 
become exercisable at the rate of 25% after one year of service and ratably on a monthly or quarterly basis over a period of 36 months 
thereafter.  Subsequent equity incentive grants to existing employees generally vest and become exercisable ratably on a monthly or quarterly basis over a 
period starting in 48 months and ending in 60 months after the date of grant.  Beginning in fiscal 2008, the Company converted its equity granting practices 
to a quarterly process instead of an annual process.  The quarterly grants generally vest 48 months from the date of grant. 

Under the plans, 106,215,611 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance since the inception of the plans. 

Share-Based Compensation Expense 

The following table presents details of share-based compensation expense (amounts in thousands): 

Cost of sales (1) 
Research and development 
Selling, general and administrative 
Pre-tax effect of share-based compensation 
Income tax benefit 
Net income effect of share-based compensation 

Year Ended March 31, 
2010 

2009 

2011 

6,825    $
12,874     
17,113     
36,812     
(4,493)    
32,319    $

7,054    $
12,194     
17,530     
36,778     
(4,563)    
32,215    $

5,845 
10,866 
15,770 
32,481 
(5,277)
27,204 

  $

  $

(1) During the year ended March 31, 2011, $7.1 million was capitalized to inventory, and $6.8 million of capitalized inventory was sold.  During 
the year ended March 31, 2010, $7.0 million was capitalized to inventory and $7.1 million of capitalized inventory was sold.  During the year 
ended March 31, 2009, $6.7 million was capitalized to inventory and $5.8 million of capitalized inventory was sold. 

F-31

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
  
The amount of unearned share-based compensation currently estimated to be expensed in fiscal 2012 through fiscal 2015 related to unvested share-
based payment awards at March 31, 2011 is $62.2 million.  The weighted average period over which the unearned share-based compensation is expected to 
be recognized is approximately 2.20 years. 

Combined Incentive Plan Information 

RSU share activity under the 2004 Plan is set forth below: 

Nonvested shares at March 31, 2008 
Granted 
Forfeited/expired 
Vested 
Nonvested shares at March 31, 2009 
Granted 
Forfeited/expired 
Vested 
Nonvested shares at March 31, 2010 
Granted 
Forfeited/expired 
Vested 
Nonvested shares at March 31, 2011 

  Number of Shares  
2,464,565 
1,876,738 
(293,573)
(445,958)
3,601,772 
1,846,241 
(120,198)
(689,867)
4,637,948 
1,766,257 
(171,967)
(990,932)
5,241,306 

The total intrinsic value of RSUs which vested during the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $32.6 million, $17.5 million and $12.4 million, 

respectively.  The aggregate intrinsic value of RSUs outstanding at March 31, 2011 was $199.2 million calculated based on the closing price of the 
Company's common stock of $38.01 on March 31, 2011. 

The weighted average fair values per share of the RSUs awarded are calculated based on the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the 

respective grant dates discounted for the Company's expected dividend yield.  The weighted average fair values per share of RSUs awarded in the years 
ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $26.05, $20.75 and $22.11, respectively.  At March 31, 2011, the weighted average remaining expense recognition 
period was 2.25 years. 

Option activity under the Company's stock incentive plans in the three years ended March 31, 2011 is set forth below: 

Outstanding at March 31, 2008 
Granted 
Exercised 
Canceled 
Outstanding at March 31, 2009 
Granted 
Exercised 
Canceled 
Outstanding at March 31, 2010 
Granted 
Exercised 
Canceled 
Outstanding at March 31, 2011 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price per Share  
23.14 
33.90 
16.33 
26.27 
24.20 
27.03 
22.03 
27.79 
24.52 
--- 
23.09 
29.39 
25.21 

Number of 
Shares 
11,732,385     
24,000     
(1,573,183)    
(101,669)    
10,081,533     
12,000     
(1,492,866)    
(140,888)    
8,459,779     
---     
(2,885,365)    
(77,490)    
5,496,924     

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $29.8 million, $7.6 million and $22.3 million, 

respectively.  This intrinsic value represents the difference between the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of exercise and the 
exercise price of each equity award. 

The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and options exercisable at March 31, 2011was $70.4 million.  The aggregate intrinsic value was 

calculated based on the closing price of the Company's common stock of $38.01 per share on March 31, 2011. 

F-32

  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
At March 31, 2011 and 2010, the number of option shares exercisable was 5,491,363 and 8,433,445, respectively, and the weighted average exercise price 

per share of these options was $25.20 and $24.49, respectively. 

The weighted average fair values per share of stock options granted in the years ended March 31, 2010, and 2009 was $5.90 and $10.39, 

respectively.  There were no stock options granted in the year ended March 31, 2011.  The fair values per share of stock options granted were estimated 
utilizing the following assumptions: 

Expected term (in years) 
Volatility 
Risk-free interest rate 
Dividend yield 

19. 

LEASE COMMITMENTS 

Year Ended March 31, 

2010 

2009 

6.50 

36%   
2.57%   
5.00%   

6.50 

43%
3.14%
4.00%

The Company leases office space, transportation and other equipment under operating leases which expire at various dates through March 31, 

2018.  The future minimum lease commitments under these operating leases at March 31, 2011 were as follows (amounts in thousands): 

Year Ending March 31, 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
Thereafter 
Total minimum payments 

Amount 
$ 8,785 
7,074 
4,704 
3,353 
2,954 
3,986 
$30,856 

Rental expense under operating leases totaled $9.8 million, $8.2 million and $7.9 million for fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 

20. 

GEOGRAPHIC AND SEGMENT INFORMATION 

In connection with the acquisition of SST, the Company re-evaluated its segment reporting, based on the nature of the products and services provided 

to customers, and the information provided to the Company's chief operating decision maker.  Based on that evaluation, the Company determined its 
reporting segments include semiconductor products and technology licensing.  The technology licensing segment is a result of the acquisition of SST, and 
thus for fiscal years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, net sales and gross profit are solely attributable to the semiconductor product segment.  The Company 
does not allocate operating expenses, interest income, interest expense, other income or expense, or provision for or benefit from income taxes to these 
segments for internal reporting purposes, as the Company does not believe that allocating these expenses is beneficial in evaluating segment 
performance.  Additionally, the Company does not allocate assets to segments for internal reporting purposes as it does not manage its segments by such 
metrics. 

The following table represents revenues and gross profit for each segment (in thousands): 

Year Ended 
March 31, 2011 

Semiconductor products 
Technology licensing 

 $

 $

Net Sales 

 $

    Gross Profit   
806,398 
68,038 
874,436 

 $

1,415,137 
72,068 
1,487,205 

The Company sells its products to distributors and original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) in a broad range of market segments, performs on-going 
credit evaluations of its customers and, as deemed necessary, may require collateral, primarily letters of credit.  The Company's operations outside the U.S. 
consist of product assembly and final test facilities in Thailand, and sales and support centers and design centers in certain foreign countries.  Domestic 
operations are responsible for the design, development and wafer fabrication of products, as well as the coordination of production planning and shipping 
to meet worldwide customer 

F-33

  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
commitments.  The Thailand assembly and test facility is reimbursed in relation to value added with respect to assembly and test operations and other 
functions performed, and certain foreign sales offices receive compensation for sales within their territory.  Accordingly, for financial statement purposes, it 
is not meaningful to segregate sales or operating profits for the assembly and test and foreign sales office operations.  Identifiable long-lived assets 
(consisting of property, plant and equipment) by geographic area are as follows (amounts in thousands): 

United States 
Thailand 
Various other countries 
Total long-lived assets 

March 31, 

2011 

2010 

  $

  $

330,046    $
193,729     
16,738     
540,513    $

332,920 
147,732 
12,387 
493,039 

Sales to unaffiliated customers located outside the U.S., primarily in Asia and Europe, aggregated approximately 80%, 77% and 75% of consolidated net 

sales for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Sales to customers in Europe represented 23%, 25% and 29% of consolidated net 
sales for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Sales to customers in Asia represented 57%, 51% and 46% of consolidated net sales 
for each of the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Sales into China, including Hong Kong, represented 25%, 25% and 23% of 
consolidated net sales for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Sales into Taiwan represented 13% of consolidated net sales for the 
year ended March 31, 2011, and 10% of consolidated net sales for the year ended March 31, 2010.  Sales into any other individual foreign country did not 
exceed 10% of the Company's net sales for any of the years presented. 

The Company's largest distributor accounted for approximately 10% of its net sales in fiscal 2011, approximately 12% of its net sales in fiscal 2010, and 

approximately 14% of its net sales in fiscal 2009. 

21. 

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS 

The Company has international operations and is thus subject to foreign currency rate fluctuations.  To help manage the risk of changes in foreign 

currency rates, the Company periodically enters into derivative contracts comprised of  foreign currency forward contracts to hedge its asset and liability 
foreign currency exposure and a portion of its foreign currency operating expenses.  Approximately 99% of the Company's sales are U.S. Dollar 
denominated.  To date, the exposure related to foreign exchange rate volatility has not been material to the Company's operating results.  As of March 31, 
2011 and 2010, the Company had no foreign currency derivatives outstanding.  The Company recognized an immaterial amount of realized gains and losses 
on foreign currency derivatives in the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. 

22. 

NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per share from continuing operations (in thousands, except per share 

amounts): 

Year Ended March 31, 
2010 

2009 

2011 

Net income from continuing operations 
Weighted average common shares outstanding 
Dilutive effect of stock options and RSUs 
Dilutive effect of convertible debt 
Weighted average common and potential common shares outstanding    
  $
Basic net income per common share – continuing operations 
  $
Diluted net income per common share – continuing operations 

  $

429,167    $
187,066     
4,463     
3,186     
 194,715     
2.29    $
2.20    $

217,005    $
183,642     
3,697     
---     
 187,339     
1.18    $
1.16    $

245,587 
183,158 
3,336 
294 
 186,788 
1.34 
1.31 

Weighted average common shares exclude the effect of antidilutive options.  For the year ended March 31, 2011, the number of option shares that were 

antidilutive were 132,084.  For the year ended March 31, 2010, the number of option shares that were antidilutive were 4,109,841.  For the year ended 
March 31, 2009, the number of option shares that were antidilutive were 3,685,806. 

F-34

  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
   
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
 
  
   
     
     
 
   
   
   
  
Diluted net income per common share for the year ended March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2009 included 3,185,591 shares and 294,445 shares, respectively, 
issuable upon the exchange of the debentures (see Note 14).  There were no shares issuable upon the exchange of the debentures for the year ended March 
31, 2010.  The debentures impact diluted net income per common share when the average price of the Company's common stock exceeds the conversion 
price because the principal amount of the debentures will be settled in cash upon conversion.  Prior to conversion, the Company will include, in the diluted 
net income per common share calculation, the effect of the additional shares that may be issued when the Company's common stock price exceeds the 
conversion price, using the treasury stock method.  The weighted average conversion price per share used in calculating the dilutive effect of the 
convertible debt for the year ended March 31, 2011 was $29.61. 

Diluted net loss per common share for discontinued operations the year ended March 31, 2011 was $(0.05). 

23. 

QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED) 

The following table presents the Company's selected unaudited quarterly operating results for the eight quarters ended March 31, 2011.  The Company 

believes that all adjustments of a normal recurring nature have been made to present fairly the related quarterly results (in thousands, except per share 
amounts): 

Fiscal 2011 
Net sales 
Gross profit 
Operating income 
Net income from continuing operations 
Net loss from discontinued operations 
Net income 
Diluted net income per common share – 

continuing operations 

Diluted net loss per common share – 

discontinued operations 

Diluted net income per common share 

First 
Quarter 

Second 
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

Fourth 
Quarter 

Total 

  $

357,125    $
207,443     
109,226     
 91,877     
(2,311)    
89,566     

382,271    $
225,005     
123,143     
 104,748     
(1,668)    
103,080     

367,824    $
216,397     
117,453     
 101,930     
(1,154)    
100,776     

379,985    $ 1,487,205 
874,436 
225,591     
474,183 
124,361     
 429,167 
 130,612     
(10,217)
(5,084)    
418,950 
125,528     

 0.48     

 0.55     

 0.52     

 0.65     

 2.20 

(0.01)    
0.47     

(0.01)    
0.54     

(0.01)    
0.51     

(0.03)    
0.62     

(0.05)
2.15 

Fiscal 2010 
Net sales 
Gross profit 
Operating income 
Net income 
Diluted net income per common share 

First 
Quarter 

Second 
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

Fourth 
Quarter 

  $

192,949    $
96,435     
31,178     
27,368     
0.15     

226,661    $
123,340     
52,726     
44,485     
0.24     

250,099    $
145,996     
72,568     
69,403     
0.37     

278,020    $
168,471     
88,487     
75,749     
0.40     

Total 

947,729 
534,242 
244,959 
217,005 
1.16 

Refer to Note 4, Special Charges, for an explanation of the special charges in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010. 

In the Company's quarterly report for the first quarter of fiscal 2011, the quarterly operating results were presented with certain businesses acquired in 

the SST acquisition presented as discontinued operations.  As discussed in Note 3, the Company subsequently decided to integrate these 
businesses.  Accordingly, the businesses have been presented as continuing operations for the year ended March 31, 2011.  The adjustments to the 
quarterly operating results originally presented are as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts): 

Fiscal 2011 
Net sales 
Gross profit 
Operating income 
Net income from continuing operations 
Net loss from discontinued operations 
Net income 
Diluted net income per common share – continuing operations 
Diluted net loss per common share – discontinued operations 
Diluted net income per common share 

F-35

Fiscal 2011 
First 
Quarter 
Originally 
Reported     

Fiscal 2011 
First 
Quarter 
Revised 

Adjustments    

  $

320,801    $
199,443     
106,632     
89,615     
(49)    
89,566     
 0.47     
 ---     
0.47     

36,324    $
8,000     
2,594     
2,262     
(2,262)    
---     
 0.01     
(0.01)    
---     

357,125 
207,443 
109,226 
91,877 
(2,311)
89,566 
 0.48 
(0.01)
0.47 

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
  
  
   
      
      
      
      
  
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
  
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
24. 

SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

Cash paid for income taxes amounted to $17.0 million, $9.8 million and $8.8 million during the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, 

respectively.  Cash paid for interest on borrowings amounted to $24.4 million in each of fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009. 

A summary of additions and deductions related to the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 follows 

(amounts in thousands): 

Allowance for doubtful accounts: 
2011 
2010 
2009 

Balance at 
Beginning 
of Year 

Charged to 
Costs and 
Expenses     

Deductions 
(1) 

Balance at 
End of Year  

  $

3,109    $
3,176     
3,152     

31    $
90     
132     

(302)   $
(157)    
(108)    

2,838 
3,109 
3,176 

(1) Deductions represent uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries. 

25.           DIVIDENDS 

On October 28, 2002, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had approved and instituted a quarterly cash dividend on its common 
stock.  The initial quarterly dividend of $0.02 per share was paid on December 6, 2003 in the amount of $4.1 million.  The Company has continued to pay 
quarterly dividends and has increased the amount of such dividends on a regular basis.  Cash dividends paid per share amounted to $1.374, $1.359 and 
$1.346 during the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Total dividend payments amounted to $256.8 million, $249.6 million and $246.7 
million during the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 

F-36

  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
  
   
   
     
     
     
 
   
   
MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED 

MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN 
(as amended by the Board of Directors on May 10, 2011) 

Exhibit 10.19 

1. 

 Purposes of the Plan.  The Plan is intended to increase shareholder value and the success of the Company by motivating our key 

management and senior technical employees to: (1) perform to the best of their abilities, and (2) achieve the Company’s objectives.  The Plan’s goals are to be 
achieved by providing such personnel with incentive awards based on the achievement of goals relating to the performance of the Company, on the achievement 
of individual performance goals, retention-based bonuses, or nonrecurring awards for performance beyond that expected. 

2. 

 Definitions. 

(a) 

 “Award” means, with respect to each Participant, the award determined pursuant to Section 7(a) below for a Performance 

Period.  Each Award is determined by a Payout Basis for a Performance Period, subject to the Committee’s authority under Section 7(a) to increase, eliminate or 
reduce the Award otherwise payable. 

 “Base Salary” means as to any Performance Period, the Participant’s annualized salary rate on the last day of the Performance 
Period.  Such Base Salary shall be before both (a) deductions for taxes or benefits, and (b) deferrals of compensation pursuant to Company-sponsored plans. 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 

(f) 

 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company. 

 “Cash Position” means the Company’s level of cash and cash equivalents. 

 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

 “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, or a sub-committee of the Compensation Committee, which shall 

consist solely of two or more members of the Board who are not employees of the Company and who otherwise qualify as “outside directors” within the meaning 
of Section 162(m). 

(f)). 

(g) 

 “Company” means Microchip Technology Incorporated or any of its subsidiaries (as such term is defined in Code Section 424

(h) 

 “Fiscal Quarter” means a fiscal quarter of the Company. 

(i) 

(j) 

  “Fiscal Year” means a fiscal year of the Company. 

  “Participant” means an employee of the Company participating in the Plan for a Performance Period. 

determine the Awards (if any) to be paid to Participants. The Payout Basis may contain discretionary elements to reward  

(k) 

  “Payout Basis” means as to any Performance Period, the criteria established by the Committee pursuant to Section 5 in order to 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
additional performance as recommended by the CEO and approved by the Committee.  The criteria may differ from Participant to Participant, or between groups 
of Participants. 

       (l) 

 “Performance Goals” means the goal(s) (or combined goal(s)) determined by the Committee (in its discretion) to be applicable to a 

Participant with respect to an Award.  As determined by the Committee, the performance measures for any performance period will be any one or more of the 
following objective performance criteria, applied to either the Company as a whole or, except with respect to stockholder return metrics, to a region, business 
unit, affiliate or business segment, and measured either on an absolute basis or relative to a pre-established target, to a previous period's results to a designated 
comparison group, and/or to another Performance Goal and, with respect to financial metrics, which may be determined in accordance with United States 
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), in accordance with accounting principles established by the International Accounting Standards Board 
(“IASB Principles”) or which may be adjusted when established to exclude any items otherwise includable under GAAP or under IASB Principles: (i) cash flow 
(including operating cash flow or free cash flow) or cash flow margin, (ii) cash position, (iii) revenue (on an absolute basis or adjusted for currency effects), (iv) 
gross margin, (v) operating margin, (vi) operating expenses or operating expenses as a percentage of revenue, (vii) earnings (which may include, without 
limitation, earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes and earnings before income, taxes, depreciation and amortization), (viii) earnings per share, (ix) 
operating income or operating income as a percentage of revenue, (x) net income, (xi) stock price, (xiii) return on equity, (xiii) total stockholder return, (xiv) growth 
in stockholder value relative to a specified publicly reported index (such as the S&P 500 Index), (xv) return on capital, (xvi) return on assets or net assets, (xvii) 
return on investment, (xviii) economic value added, (xix) market share, (xx) contract awards or backlog, (xxi) overhead or other expense reduction, (xxii) credit 
rating, (xxiii) objective customer indicators (including, without limitation, a customer satisfaction rating), (xxiv) new product invention or innovation, (xxv) 
attainment of research and development milestones, (xxvi) improvements in productivity, (xxvii) attainment of objective operating goals, and (xxviii) objective 
employee metrics.  The Committee shall appropriately adjust any evaluation of performance under a Performance Goal to exclude (i) any extraordinary non-
recurring items as described in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30 and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial conditions and results 
of operations appearing in the Company’s reporting with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the applicable year, or (ii) the effect of any changes in 
accounting principles affecting the Company’s or a business unit’s reported results. 

as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. 

(m) 

 “Performance Period” means any Fiscal Quarter or Fiscal Year, or such other longer period but not in excess of five Fiscal Years, 

(n) 

(o) 

(p) 

 “Plan” means this Management Incentive Compensation Plan. 

 “Plan Year” means the Company’s fiscal year. 

 “Section 162(m)” means Section 162(m) of the Code, or any successor to Section 162(m), as that Section may be interpreted from 

time to time by the Internal Revenue Service, whether by regulation, notice or otherwise. 

2  

  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
3. 

  Plan Administration. 

(a) 

 The Plan may be administered by different administrators with respect to different groups of Participants.  The Committee shall 

be responsible for the general administration and interpretation of the Plan and for carrying out its provisions.  The Committee may delegate its general 
administration and interpretation authority to a committee of employees as the Plan relates to Participants other than executive officers.  The Committee may 
delegate specific administrative tasks to Company employees or others as appropriate for proper administration of the Plan.  The Committee and its delegates 
shall have such powers as may be necessary to discharge their duties hereunder, including, but not by way of limitation, the following powers and duties, but 
subject to the terms of the Plan: 

manner and time of payment of any Awards hereunder; 

(i)     discretionary authority to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan, and to determine eligibility, Awards and the amount, 

(ii) 

 to prescribe forms and procedures for purposes of Plan participation and distribution of Awards; and 

(iii)     to adopt rules, regulations and bylaws and to take such actions as it deems necessary or desirable for the proper 

administration of the Plan. 

conclusive and binding on all persons, and shall be given the maximum deference permitted by law. 

(b) 

 Any rule or decision by the Committee or its delegates that is not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan shall be 

4. 

  Eligibility.  The employees eligible to participate in the Plan for a given Performance Period shall be those employees of the Company who 
based on their individual position and Company criteria have a significant impact on the Company’s performance as determined by the Committee.  No person 
shall be automatically entitled to participate in the Plan. 

5. 

  Performance Goal Determination.  The Company’s Chief Executive Officer shall provide the Committee with recommendations as to the 

criteria underlying the Performance Goals.  The CEO may make recommendations as to discretionary elements to reward additional performance.  The Committee 
shall have complete authority to accept, modify or reject such recommendations, or to eliminate the Awards entirely. 

6. 

  Determination of Payout Basis.  The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall establish a Payout Basis for purposes of determining the Award 
(if any) payable to each Participant.  Each Payout Basis shall (a) be based on a comparison performance to the Performance Goals, (b) provide for the payment of 
Awards if the Performance Goals for the Performance Period are achieved.  Discretionary elements may be identified at the same time as the criteria underlying the 
Performance Goals are set, or they may be later determined at the Committee’s discretion.  Awards may be a specific dollar amount, or a percentage of base 
salary. 

7. 

  Determination of Awards; Award Payment. 

Performance Goals applicable to each Participant for the Performance Period were achieved or exceeded.  The Award for each  

(a) 

  Determination and Certification.  After the end of each Performance Period, the Committee shall determine the extent to which the 

3  

  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
Participant shall be determined by applying the Payout Basis to the level of actual performance that has been determined by the Committee, and adding any 
discretionary element that has been determined by the Committee.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may 
increase, eliminate or reduce the Award payable to any Participant below that which otherwise would be payable under the Payout Basis. 

(b) 

  Right to Receive Payment.  Each Award under the Plan shall be paid solely from the general assets of the Company.  Nothing in 
this Plan shall be construed to create a trust or to establish or evidence any Participant’s claim of any right to payment of an Award other than as an unsecured 
general creditor with respect to any payment to which he or she may be entitled.  Unless otherwise approved by the Committee, a Participant needs to be 
employed by the Company from the beginning of the applicable Performance Period through the Award payment date to receive an Award payout hereunder. 

combination thereof at the discretion of the Committee. 

(c) 

  Form of Distributions.  The Company shall distribute all Awards to the Participant in cash, restricted stock units or awards, or a 

(d) 

  Deferral.  The Committee may defer payment of Awards, or any portion thereof, to Participants as the Committee, in its discretion, 

determines to be necessary or desirable to preserve the deductibility of such amounts under Section 162(m).  In addition, the Committee, in its sole discretion, 
may permit a Participant to defer receipt of the payment of cash that would otherwise be delivered to a Participant under the Plan.  Any such deferral elections 
shall be subject to such rules and procedures as shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. 

8. 

9. 

  Term of Plan.  The Plan shall become effective October 1, 2006.  The Plan shall continue until terminated under Section 9 of the Plan. 

  Amendment and Termination of the Plan.  The Committee may amend, modify, suspend or terminate the Plan, in whole or in part, at any 

time, including the adoption of amendments deemed necessary or desirable to correct any defect or to supply omitted data or to reconcile any inconsistency in 
the Plan or in any Award granted hereunder; provided, however, that no amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuation shall be made which would impair 
any payments to Participants made prior to such amendment, modification, suspension or termination, unless the Committee has made a determination that such 
amendment or modification is in the best interests of all persons to whom Awards have theretofore been granted.  To the extent necessary or advisable under 
applicable law, Plan amendments shall be subject to shareholder approval.  At no time before the actual distribution of funds to Participants under the Plan shall 
any Participant accrue any vested interest or right whatsoever under the Plan except as otherwise stated in this Plan. 

10. 

 Withholding.  Distributions pursuant to this Plan shall be subject to all applicable federal and state tax and withholding requirements. 

11. 

  At-Will Employment.  No statement in this Plan should be construed to grant any employee an employment contract of fixed duration or 
any other contractual rights, nor should this Plan be interpreted as creating an implied or an expressed contract of employment or any other contractual rights 
between the Company and its employees.  The employment  

4  

  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
relationship between the Company and its employees is terminable at-will.  This means that an employee or the Company may terminate the employment 
relationship at any time and for any reason or no reason. 

12. 

  Successors.  All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to awards granted hereunder, shall be binding on any successor 
to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially 
all of the business or assets of the Company. 

13. 

 Indemnification.  Each person who is or shall have been a member of the Committee, of the Board, or their delegates shall be indemnified 

and held harmless by the Company against and from (a) any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in 
connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any 
action taken or failure to act under the Plan or any award, and (b) from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s 
approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she shall give the 
Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf.  The 
foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s 
Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or under any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold 
them harmless. 

14. 
laws of intestacy. 

  Nonassignment.  The rights of a Participant under this Plan shall not be assignable or transferable by the Participant except by will or the 

15. 

  Governing Law.  The Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Arizona, without regard to conflicts of law provisions thereunder. 

5

  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED 

LIST OF SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES 

Exhibit 21.1 

Microchip Technology (Thailand) Co., Ltd. 
14 Moo 1, T. Wangtakien 
A. Muang Chacherngsao 
Chacherngsao  24000 
Thailand 

Microchip Technology (Barbados) II Incorporated 
c/o Walkers Corporation Services Limited 
Walker House 
87 Mary Street 
George Town 
Grand Cayman KY1-9005 

Microchip Technology Ireland Limited 
Block 3.1 
Woodford Business Park 
Northern Cross 
Santry 
Dublin 9 Ireland 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 23.1 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-3 No. 333-149999 and Form S-8 Nos. 33-59686, 33-80072, 33-81690, 33-83196, 333-
872, 333-40791, 333-67215, 333-93571, 333-51322, 333-53876, 333-73506, 333-96791, 333-99655, 333-101696, 333-103764, 333-109486, 333-119939, 333-140773 and 333-
149460) of Microchip Technology Incorporated and subsidiaries of our reports dated May 31, 2011, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of 
Microchip Technology Incorporated and subsidiaries, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Microchip Technology Incorporated and 
subsidiaries, included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended March 31, 2011. 

Phoenix, Arizona 
May 31, 2011 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
Exhibit 31.1 

I, Steve Sanghi, certify that: 

1.   I have reviewed this Form 10-K of Microchip Technology Incorporated; 

CERTIFICATION 

2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements 

made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.   Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the  financial 

condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.   The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(e) and l5d-l5(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

    (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that 
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during 
the period in which this report is being prepared; 

(b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to 
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of 

the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

(d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter 
(the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's 
internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.   The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's 

auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

(a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to 

adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

(b)   Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the  registrant's  internal  control  over 

financial reporting. 

Date:                    May 31, 2011  

/s/ Steve Sanghi                                                                 
Steve Sanghi 
President and CEO 

 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Exhibit 31.2 

I, J. Eric Bjornholt, certify that: 

1.   I have reviewed this Form 10-K of Microchip Technology Incorporated; 

CERTIFICATION 

2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements 

made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.   Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the  financial 

condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.   The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(e) and l5d-l5(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that 
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during 
the period in which this report is being prepared; 

(b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to 

provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c) 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the 
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter 

(the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's 
internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.   The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's 

auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to 

adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial 

reporting. 

Date:                     May 31, 2011 

/s/ J. Eric Bjornholt                                                                 
J. Eric Bjornholt 
Vice President and CFO 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Exhibit 32 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 
PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Steve Sanghi, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report of 
Microchip Technology Incorporated on Form 10-K for the period ended March 31, 2011 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of 
Microchip Technology Incorporated. 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 
Date: 

/s/ Steve Sanghi 
Steve Sanghi 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
May 31, 2011 

I, J. Eric Bjornholt, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report of 
Microchip Technology Incorporated on Form 10-K for the period ended March 31, 2011 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of 
Microchip Technology Incorporated. 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 
Date: 

/s/ J. Eric Bjornholt 
J. Eric Bjornholt 
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
May 31, 2011